Groups.io provides people who share common interests with an ad-free platform for communicating with each other through email groups and group websites.

Three levels of plans are available in Groups.io: Free, Premium (paid), and Enterprise (paid). Free groups provide only functions related to sending, storing, and managing messages. Premium and Enterprise groups provide additional collaboration features such as calendars, databases, and wikis.

Those who want to create and run a group in Groups.io can:

  • Have a free group with basic message functions or opt for a paid plan that provides additional features.
  • Create an announcement-only, moderated, or restricted group, or a group with other combinations of settings.
  • Customize member notices such as welcome, goodbye, and pending member messages as well as monthly reminders and guidelines.
  • Designate multiple owners and moderators using Groups.io’s full permissions system.
  • Monitor the group through an activity log, and receive email or web/app notifications (or both) about group activity.
  • Track email delivery to group members.
  • Approve or reject messages from moderated members either through the group’s website or by email.
  • Automatically moderate or lock individual group topics after a set number of days.
  • Set up hashtags to control and organize messages in the group’s archive.
  • In paid groups, create a wiki for storing group knowledge.
  • In paid groups, control access to and use of the group’s web-based collaboration features:
    • Calendar
    • Chats (similar to chat rooms on other platforms)
    • Databases
    • Files
    • Photos
    • Polls
    • Wiki

For more information about the features and benefits of Groups.io, see the Features page on the Groups.io website.

Note: If you are looking to move content to Groups.io from another platform, refer to the Moving to Groups.io wiki page in the GroupManagersForum group on Groups.io. That group’s wiki and message archive are open for anyone to read—even those who do not have a Groups.io account.

Restriction: You must use a desktop browser or a mobile browser to create a group. Due to rules imposed by the Apple App Store and Google Play, it is not possible to create a group using the Groups.io mobile app.

To create a group:

  1. Log in to your Groups.io account if you are not already logged in to Groups.io.
    Note: If you do not have a Groups.io account (that is, your email address is not registered with Groups.io), create a Groups.io account or register with Groups.io through Facebook or Google. See Creating a Groups.io account.
  2. In the blue header at the top of any Groups.io page, click or tap the Find or Create a Group link. The Publicly Listed Groups page appears.
    Mobile browser tip: In a mobile browser, you can use landscape orientation to see the Find or Create a Group link in the blue page header. Or, in portrait orientation, you can tap your profile icon on the right side of the blue page header and then select Find or Create a Group from the dropdown menu.
  3. Click or tap the Create a Group button on the left side of the page. The Pricing page appears.
    Mobile browser tip: In a mobile browser, you can use landscape orientation to see the Create a Group button. Or, in portrait orientation, scroll all the way to the bottom of the Publicly Listed Groups page to see the Create a Group button.
  4. Click or tap the Start a free group button at the bottom of the Free column or the Start 90 day trial button at the bottom of the Premium column, depending on which type of group you want to create.
  5. On the Name & Description page that appears:
    • ! Important: Review the information in the Terms panel at the top. Make sure you review the Terms of Service and the . If your intended group is one of the types that are not permitted, its creation will not be approved.
      Note: If you are creating a test group to try out Groups.io, make sure you note the required policy settings, which you will set in step 6 below.

      Groups.io does not permit these types of groups, content, and behavior:

      • Pornography, adult content, or nudity.
      • Harassment of any kind.
      • Groups that share media or content whose distribution would be in violation of copyright law.
      • Groups dedicated to the promotion of extreme, hateful, or exclusionary ideas, including but not limited to the alt-right.
      • Groups dedicated to the promotion of conspiracy theories, including, but not limited to: Gamergate, Pizzagate, and Qanon.
      • Groups dedicated to the promotion of anti-vaccination ideologies.
      • Groups that are designed strictly to use our directory as an advertisement for something other than the group itself.
      • Groups dedicated to sharing tags, tubes, PaintShop Pro files, GIFs, Incredimail or other stationery, or graphics.
    • In the Group Email Address field, enter the name that will be used as the email address of your group, up to 34 characters long. In addition to being in the email address, this name will appear in the URL of your group on the Groups.io website and in the directory of groups on the Publicly Listed Groups page if you opt to list your group in that directory.
      Note:
      • These characters are not allowed in the name: spaces, plus signs, slashes, periods, or underscores. Hyphens are allowed.
        Exception: Periods are allowed in the names of subgroups. But main (parent) group names cannot contain periods because they are used as subdomains when you add subgroups, and subdomains cannot contain periods. 
      • If you decide you want to rename your group, it is possible to change the Group Email Address name later. However, changing a group’s name has some repercussions. See Renaming a group.
    • In the Description field, enter a description of your group. This description will be displayed on your group’s home page. If you make your group visible to the public, the first two or three sentences will appear in the directory of publicly listed groups on Groups.io, so make sure the opening sentences of the description accurately reflect the group. You can modify the description later, but at this stage, be as specific as possible to ensure that the Groups.io team will approve the group’s creation.
      Tip: If your group will be listed in the public directory, include appropriate keywords early in the description to help prospective members find your group easily when they search the directory.
    • Click or tap the Next button at the bottom of the page.
  6. On the Group Policies page, select the initial policy settings for the group, then click or tap the Next button at the bottom of the page. The settings are:
    • Select the type you want your group to be: Discussion Group (any member with the appropriate privileges can post messages) or Announcements Only (only moderators can post messages). You can change this setting later if desired.

    • Select whether prospective members must be approved by a group owner or moderator before they can join the group or whether anyone can join the group without approval. You can change this setting later if desired.
      Tip: The Approval Required setting helps prevent spammers from joining the group. It also allows you to screen prospective members by automatically sending a Pending Subscription notice (that you can create later) requesting them to provide additional information before their membership requests are approved.

    • Select whether you want messages posted to the group to require approval by a group owner or moderator. You can change this setting later if desired. For more information, see Group type and moderation settings.

    • Select whether you want the group to be included or not included in the public list of groups. You can change this setting later if desired. 
      Note: If you are creating a test group, you must select Do not list group in directory for your group to be approved.

    • This setting controls whether the group’s message archive will be visible to anyone (public) or only to group members (private). 

      If you want the archive to be visible to the general public and to internet search engines, select Messages can be viewed by anyone. GroupManagersForum is an example of a group that has a public archive.

      If you want the archive to be visible only to group members (that is, private), select Messages can be viewed by group members only.

      ! Important: When you make a message archive private, you cannot change it later to be publicly viewable. The “Messages can be viewed by group members only” setting is not reversible (see About group visibility settings). Therefore, at this stage, you should be certain about whether you want your group’s message archive to be public or private.

      Note: If you are creating a test group, you must select Messages can be viewed by group members only for your group to be approved.

    •  

      Leave the Allow Sponsorships checkbox selected if you want to allow group members to help defray any future Groups.io costs, or clear the checkbox if you do not want to allow sponsorships at this time. You can change this setting later, if desired. For more information, see Using the sponsorship feature to defray Groups.io hosting costs.

  7. (Optional) If you want to invite some people to join the group right away, complete the Invite Members page and click or tap the Next button at the bottom of the page. To skip this step, just click or tap the Next button without entering anything on the page. You can invite people to join the group after it is created.
  8. Review the Summary page, which lists the information you entered and selected. Then click or tap the Create Group button at the bottom of the page.
    Note: If the group address you entered is already in use, the system displays a “not available” message. If the address you entered has a problem, such as containing illegal characters or being more than 34 characters long, the system displays an “invalid name” message. Use the Back button to go back to the first page and change or correct the name. Then use the Next button to return to the Summary page, and click or tap Create Group again. 

When your group is created successfully, Groups.io displays the Promote page with a banner at the top stating that your group has been created, along with some introductory information. You will receive an email notification when the group is approved by Groups.io, which could take a few hours. If you opted to include your group in the directory of publicly listed groups, it will take some time for the directory to be updated to include your group.

Now you can:

  • Customize the settings for your group.
  • Set default email options and user settings for group members.
  • Create notices that can be sent to members automatically for certain events (for example, you can customize the default welcome notice that is sent to new members when they join the group).
  • Change the image that is displayed on the home page of your group’s website.
  • Specify how you want to receive notifications about group activity.
  • Invite people to join the group.

Note: If you set a timezone in your Groups.io account preferences, the new group will have that timezone by default. Otherwise, the default timezone is U.S./Canada Pacific Time (UTC-08:00 or UTC-07:00 depending on whether Daylight Saving Time is in effect).  

Groups.io provides some tools to help you promote your group. In the left menu on your group’s website, or from the More menu on a mobile device, select Admin > PreferencesPromote to access tools you can use to:

  • Promote your group on Facebook and X (formerly Twitter).
  • Send a customized email to your friends with a link to join the group.
  • Embed a signup form on a website or blog.

Also, if your group is listed in the public directory of groups, ensure that your group’s title or description includes the appropriate keywords to help prospective members find your group easily when they search the directory.

Note: The Promote option is not available in a subgroup.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

About group aliases

Premium and Enterprise groups can have aliases for their group name that members can use in place of the name assigned to the group when it was created. For example, an alias might be easier than the actual group name for some group members to remember. If your group’s members tend to use variations of the group’s name, you can create aliases for the variations (as long as the aliases are not already used by other groups). Those aliases would then take members to the main group’s website at Groups.io, and members could use the aliases to send email messages to the group.

Note: Subgroups can also have aliases.

Group aliases could include different forms of the group’s name, such as:

  • A singular form or a plural form
  • An abbreviated form or an expanded form
  • A form that includes hyphens or a form that does not

Creating a group alias

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesAliases.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesAliases on the More menu.
  2. On the Aliases page, enter an alternate name for your group in the Group Alias field.
    Note: As with group names, aliases cannot contain spaces, plus signs, slashes, periods, or underscores (hyphens are allowed), and they are limited to a maximum of 34 characters.
  3. Click or tap the Add Group Alias button. The alias appears at the top of the page.
  4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for any other aliases you want to add.

Removing a group alias

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesAliases.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesAliases on the More menu.
  2. In the list of group aliases at the top of the Aliases page, click or tap the x next to the alias that you want to remove.

! Important: Renaming a group changes the group's email address and URL. If you want to rename your group, you should try to do it before the group has a large number of members and messages. 

Be aware of the effects of renaming your group:

  • Members’ subscriptions to the group will not be affected, but members will have to:
    • Update their email address books to send to the new group email address.
    • Update their browser bookmarks or favorites to the new group URL.
  • Groups.io does not parse existing group content for group-related links and update them to the new URL. Therefore, many links to group content in the message archive, on your group’s home page, and in your group’s wiki (if it has one) will likely result in “page not found” messages. The group’s reply-to address and many of the links in group message footers will also be affected.
  • Members who have subscribed to the group calendar from their email client or an external calendar (for example, Google Calendar) will need to update that subscription because the group calendar’s URL will change.
  • Several member notices contain the group name in the subject and message text when they are generated. You will need to manually update those notices.
  • The group’s subject tag is not updated automatically. You will need to update it manually on the group’s Settings page.

To rename your group:

  1. Display the group’s Settings page. See General settings.
  2. In the General panel:
    • Change the Group Title and Group Email Address fields as desired.
    • Update the Subject Tag field to reflect the new name.
  3. If applicable, in the Message Formatting panel, update the Message Footer field to reflect the new name.
  4. Click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Note:

  • It might take some time for the renamed group to function normally because, due to the subdomain addressing used by Groups.io, any change to the root email address has to be propagated through the DNS entries so the new URL of the group resolves into an IP address. This process can take several hours.
  • Renaming your main group also changes the URL of any associated subgroups.

 

Displaying the Settings page

Desktop browser: Go to the group’s website and, in the left menu, select Admin > PreferencesSettings.

Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then select Admin > Preferences > Settings on the More menu.

Saving setting changes

! Important: When you finish customizing settings on the Settings page, be sure to scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Group button. Your changes will not take effect or be remembered until you use that button.

Settings page panels

The Settings page contains these expandable/collapsible panels, and each panel has its own group of settings:

 

Desktop browser: Go to the group’s website and, in the left menu, select Admin > PreferencesSettings.

Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then select Admin > Preferences > Settings on the More menu.

! Important: When you finish customizing settings on the Settings page, be sure to scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Group button. Your changes will not take effect or be remembered until you use that button.

When creating a group, the creator selects a visibility setting that determines whether the group’s message archive is public (viewable by anyone who has the group's URL) or private (viewable only by members of the group).

After a group is created, a public archive can be changed to a private one, but a private archive cannot be changed to a public one. That is, if the group has a “publicly viewable messages” visibility setting, you can change it to a “private messages” setting—for example, if you changed your mind about the public visibility of the group’s message archive. But you cannot later change it back to a “publicly viewable messages” setting. All you can change is whether the group is listed in the public directory of groups on Groups.io.

Note: During the time when an archive is publicly viewable, web search engines might find and cache the content of some messages (that is, group messages could appear in the results of a web search). If the archive is later changed to a “private messages” setting, that cached content will still be available until it is purged by search engines when they discover that the content is no longer visible from the original page.

Related help topics

  1. Privacy settings
  2. Creating a group

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin  > Preferences > Settings > General panel on the Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > General panel on the Settings page

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Group Title

In this field, enter a short, descriptive title that will be displayed on the group’s home page in Groups.io along with the group’s email address. This title is also displayed in the dropdown list of groups when you click or tap Your Groups in the blue header bar on group pages. In addition, the title is displayed next to the group name (email address) in the directory of publicly listed groups if you opt to list your group there.

This field is optional, but it is good practice to provide a descriptive group title.

Tip: If you want to promote your group, use appropriate keywords in the group title or group description so the group can be found easily in the public directory of groups. 

Group Email Address

This field contains the group name (email address) you entered when you created the group. If you decide to change that email address, make the change in this field.

Note: Be aware that changing the email address also changes the URL of your group on the Groups.io website.

Tip: The ideal time to change the group’s email address is as soon as possible after you create the group—before you create member notices, customize the message footer and other elements, and add members to the group. If you decide to change the email address after a group is well established, additional considerations apply. See Renaming a group.

Group Description

In this field, which is optional, you can enter a description of the group that will appear on the group’s home page. If your group is listed in the public directory, the first few lines of this description will be included under the group’s name and title in the directory.

Tip: If you want to promote your group, use appropriate keywords in the group title or the first few lines of the group description so the group can be found easily in the public directory of groups. 

You can include text formatting and links in the description. To see all of the formatting tools in a desktop browser, click the More options icon (...) on the left in the text formatting toolbar. On a mobile device, all of the text formatting options are on the toolbar, and you can touch and scroll to display them.

Subject Tag

This field contains text that is automatically added to the beginning of the subject line of group messages that are delivered by email. The tag helps identify the group’s messages in members’ email applications.

The default tag is the name (email address) that was entered when the group was created, enclosed in square brackets. You can edit that tag (for example, to make it shorter or clearer). Changes to the subject tag do not affect the group’s email address.

Note: 

  • Subject tags are not displayed in messages in the archive on the group’s website. They are included only in messages that are delivered by email.
  • If a group is renamed, the subject tag is not changed automatically. You must update the tag manually. See Renaming a group.

Website

If you want to list an external website on your group’s home page at Groups.io, you can enter that website’s URL in this field. The URL will be listed as a link in the Group Information section on the Groups.io home page for your group.

Allow Sponsorships

Select this checkbox if you want to allow group members to contribute toward Groups.io hosting fees. This setting displays a Sponsor This Group button on the group’s home page, which members can click to contribute (via credit card, debit card, or PayPal) toward the cost of hosting the group. For more information, see Using the sponsorship feature to defray Groups.io hosting costs.

Additional Payment Information

In this text box, you can enter any additional information you would like to include in group invoices and payment receipts.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Privacy panel on the Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Privacy panel on the Settings page

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Visibility

This setting controls whether the group is listed in the public directory of groups on Groups.io and whether its message archive is viewable by anyone who has the group's URL or only by group members.

Note: All of the possible Visibility options for main groups are described here. (Click or tap an option below to see its description.) However, after a group is created, the Visibility list contains only the options that are available based on the initial visibility selection made by the group’s creator (see About group visibility settings). Also, subgroups have different visibility settings (see Subgroup visibility settings).

  • The group will be listed in the public directory of groups on Groups.io, and its message archive will be viewable by anyone—not just group members—who has the URL of the group.

    In addition:

    • The contents of group messages will be discoverable by web search engines.
    • An RSS feed link will be created automatically and listed in the Group Information section on the group’s home page. 

    Example: GroupManagersForum (GMF)

  • The group will not be listed in the public directory of groups on Groups.io, but its message archive will be viewable by anyone—not just group members—who has the URL of the group.

    In addition:

    • The contents of group messages will be discoverable by web search engines.
    • An RSS feed link will be created automatically and listed in the Group Information section on the group’s home page.
  • The group will be listed in the public directory of groups on Groups.io, but its message archive will be viewable only to group members. Also, message content will not be discoverable by web search engines.

    Use case example: You want prospective members to be able to find the group, but they must meet some criteria before they can join the group and view the message archive.

    ! Important: The “private messages” setting is not reversible. You can change whether the group is listed in the public directory of groups, but you cannot change private messages to be publicly viewable later.

  • The group will not be listed in the public directory of groups on Groups.io, and its message archive will be viewable only to group members. Also, message content will not be discoverable by web search engines.

    Use case example: You want an invitation-only group that is not open to the general public, such as for a specific organization or user community.

    ! Important: The “private messages” setting is not reversible. You can change whether the group is listed in the public directory of groups, but you cannot change private messages to be publicly viewable later.

Member List Visibility

This setting controls who can view the group's member list. In the dropdown list, select the option you want to apply:

  • All members of the group can view the member list.

    ! Important: Before you can select this setting, you must scroll down to and expand the Group Type and Moderation panel on the page and select the Restricted Membership checkbox. Only groups that have restricted membership can allow their members to see the member list. This restriction is a security precaution intended to prevent unscrupulous people from joining groups just to harvest members’ email addresses.

    Note: If you associate colors with members’ subscriptions (see Color) the colors are not displayed to group members who view the member list. Only group owners, and group moderators with the appropriate permission settings, will see those colors in the member list.

  • Only the group’s owners, as well as group moderators who have the appropriate permission settings, can view the member list. (This option is the default setting for new groups.)

  • Only the group’s owners can view the member list.

Email Address Visibility in Archive

This setting controls whether members’ full email addresses are visible or hidden (masked) in the message archive on the group’s website. Select the option you want to apply:

  • Mask email addresses in the web archive
  • Show email addresses in the web archive

Note: When an archive is publicly viewable, email addresses are always hidden from nonmembers who view the archive.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Group Type and Moderation panel on the Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Group Type and Moderation panel on the Settings page

Note: You must select at least one of the settings on the Group Type and Moderation panel to help prevent spam from being sent to the group.

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Restricted Membership

Select this checkbox if you want membership requests to be approved by a group owner or moderator before people are allowed to join the group.

Tip: With this setting, you can also create a Pending Subscription notice that is automatically sent to prospective members who apply to join the group. For example, you can use that notice to request additional information before you approve someone’s membership.

Note: If you want your restricted group’s members to be able to view the group’s member list (see the Member List Visibility setting), you must select this Restricted Membership checkbox before you can set the member list visibility in the Privacy panel.

Announcement-Only Group

Select this checkbox if your group is to be an announcement-only group rather than a discussion group. Only moderators will be allowed to post messages to the group.

Example: Groups.io Updates is an announcement-only group.

Message Moderation

This setting controls whether and how messages sent to the group must be approved by an owner or moderator before they are posted to the entire group. Select the option you want to apply:

  • Messages do not need to be approved before they are posted to the group.

  • All messages—including those that are replies to existing topics as well as those that start new topics—must be approved before they are posted to the group.

  • Only messages that start new topics must be approved before they are posted to the group. Messages that are replies to existing topics do not need to be approved.

Note: Group notices that have a #cal-notice, #cal-reminder, #guidelines-notice, or #monthly-notice system hashtag are not affected by the “All messages are moderated” or “Messages that start new topics are moderated” setting. Those notices are time sensitive, so they are always posted to the group without requiring moderator approval—unless the corresponding hashtag is modified to be moderated. See System hashtags and associated notifications.

New Members Moderated

Select this checkbox if you want to approve the first message or first few messages sent to the group by new members. This setting allows you to check that new members follow your group’s requirements for posting messages.

When you select the New Members Moderated checkbox, an Unmoderate After dropdown list appears. Select the number of consecutive approved messages (1, 2, 3, or 4) after which new members will be automatically unmoderated. If you do not want new members ever to be automatically unmoderated, select Not enabled from the Unmoderate After list.

Those members will be marked in the member list with a New Member Moderated NMM badge followed by a number. The number after the badge specifies how many consecutive approved messages are required before the new member is automatically unmoderated.

Note: The New Members Moderated checkbox is selected by default when you create a group that does not have restricted membership because Groups.io requires at least one Group Type and Moderation option to be set.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Message Policies panel on the Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Message Policies panel on the Settings page

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Allow Nonmembers to Post

By default, a message sent to a group by a nonmember is rejected automatically with a notice that the sender must be a member of the group to post messages to it.

If you want to allow people who are not group members to be able to post messages to the group, select the Allow Nonmembers to Post checkbox. Such messages will not be rejected automatically; instead, they will require approval from a moderator before they are posted to the group. On the Pending Messages page at the group’s website, the Author column will have a red NM badge next to a nonmember’s email address. If you open the pending message on the group’s website, a red Non Member label appears next to a nonmember’s email address.

Use case example: A group set up for a committee might want to allow people who are not members of the committee to send messages to the committee via the group.

Note: Enabling this setting might result in spam messages going to the pending (moderated) list, even though the system does some checking for known spammers.

Allow Parent Members to Post

Restriction: This setting appears only in subgroups.

By default, a message sent to a subgroup by a member of the parent group who is not a member of the subgroup is rejected automatically with a notice that the sender must be a member of the subgroup to post messages to it. 

If you want to allow people in the parent group who are not subgroup members to be able to post messages to the subgroup, select the Allow Parent Members to Post checkbox. This setting allows members of the parent group to post messages to the subgroup even though they do not belong to the subgroup. Be aware that those parent group members will not receive replies that are sent to the subgroup.

Use case example: A subgroup set up for a committee might want to allow people in the parent group who are not members of the committee to send messages to the committee via the subgroup.

Disable No Email

Select the Disable No Email checkbox if you do not want to allow group members to use the No Email option for email delivery in their subscription settings. When you select this checkbox:

  • The No Email option will not be available on group members’ individual subscription pages.
  • All existing member subscriptions that were set to No Email are reset to Special Notices Only.
  • In the default subscription settings for the group, the No Email option is removed from the list of email delivery options. If the group's default subscription setting had been set to No Email, it is reset to Special Notices Only. (See Default subscription settings for group members.) 
  • On the group’s home page, the “Members can set their subscriptions to no email” line is removed from the Group Settings list (or does not appear if the group was set to Disable No Email when it was created).

Note: Members will still be able to select the Special Notices Only email delivery option in their own subscription settings.

Hashtags Required

Select this checkbox if you want to require that all messages posted to the group have at least one hashtag.

Hashtag Permissions

This setting controls whether regular members can create new hashtags by including them in message subject lines. It also controls how messages are handled if members are not allowed to create new hashtags but include new hashtags in a message anyway. Select the option you want to apply to the group:

Note: You can assign group moderators a permission that allows them to create and modify hashtags.

Disable Editing Messages

Select this checkbox if you do not want to allow members to make changes to the content of their own messages in the message archive (that is, after the messages have been posted to the group).

Note: 

  • Owners and moderators can still edit messages that are pending approval. Moderators can also edit messages in the archive if they have the appropriate permissions.
  • Members are always able to delete their own messages regardless of this setting.

Reply To

This setting controls who is initially set to receive replies to messages that are posted to the group. Select the option you want to apply:

  • Replies are automatically addressed to the entire group.

  • Replies are automatically addressed only to the individual sender of the message being replied to. However, if a group member uses the “reply to all” option in their email application, their reply will be addressed to the group in addition to the individual sender.

    Tip: If you do not want to allow replies to senders to also be delivered to the group, select the Only to Sender setting (see below).

  • Replies are automatically addressed only to the group’s moderators (and owners).

  • Replies are automatically addressed to both the entire group and the individual sender of the message being replied to.

  • Replies are automatically addressed only to the individual sender of the message being replied to.

    Note: If a group member replying by email uses the “reply to all” option in their email application, their reply will be addressed to the group in addition to the individual sender; however, when the reply is sent, it will be blocked from the group. The person replying will receive a delivery failure notification that their message to the group address was blocked, and the notification message will include this statement: “Replies to this topic must be sent to the sender, not the group.” The individual sender will still receive the reply.

  • With this setting:

    • The first message in a new topic is sent to everyone in the group according to their normal settings.
    • A follow topic record is created automatically for the person who originated the topic.
    • A follow topic record is created automatically for anyone who replies to this original message.
    • All subsequent messages to the topic are sent only to people who are following the topic.

    You can use this setting to create “semiprivate” topics in the group where only the members who are following specific topics will see those topics, but all the messages are still archived.

    This setting applies to all topics in a group. If you want to change it for an individual topic or hashtag, you can use the Reply To property for that topic or hashtag.

    Note: This setting does not affect the Message Selection preference in individual members’ subscriptions.

  • (appears only in groups with subgroups, and appears in both the main group and its subgroups)

    In a group that has subgroups, you can select this setting to specify that replies to messages sent to the main group are addressed to a subgroup, or that replies to messages sent to a subgroup are addressed to the main group or another subgroup.

    Use case example: This setting could be useful in an Announcement-Only group, where you could create a subgroup to receive replies to announcements that are sent by the main group.

    When you select this option, a dropdown list labeled Other Group To Send Reply To appears next to the Reply To list. In a main group, select the subgroup to which you want replies to be sent. In a subgroup, you can select the main group or another subgroup (if more than one subgroup exists).

Note: Members will still see additional reply options in messages on the group’s website and in message digests (if they are using that delivery option). You can use the next setting to remove those additional reply options.

Remove Other Reply Options

Select this checkbox to remove links from messages on the group’s website and in digests to reply options other than the one you selected in the Reply To list above.

Automatically Moderate Topics Older Than [n] Days

To put topics on moderation automatically after a specific length of time, select this checkbox and specify the number of days after which topics should be moderated.

Note: The moderation becomes effective overnight, U.S. Pacific Time, after the specified number of days have elapsed.

Automatically Lock Topics Older Than [n] Days

To lock topics (prevent further replies to them) automatically after a specific length of time, select this checkbox and specify the number of days after which topics should be locked.

Note: The locking becomes effective overnight, U.S. Pacific Time, after the specified number of days have elapsed.

Allow Members to Download Archive

If you group members to be able to download the message archive to a file, select this checkbox.

Downloaded archive files are in mbox format.

Separate Message Footers

Select this option to put the group's message footers in a separate message part in outbound email messages rather than have the footers appended to messages. (Message parts are sections of a MIME-structured email body.)

Use case example: This specialized setting is useful in groups with members who use Pretty Good Privacy (PGP) encryption to sign their email messages.

Virus Handling

This setting specifies how the Groups.io system should handle messages that it detects contain a virus. Select the option you want to use:

  • The system blocks (rejects) the message, sends a notification to the sender, and adds an entry to the group’s activity log. This setting is the default.

  • The system flags the message for moderation—regardless of the group’s moderation settings—and adds an entry to the group’s activity log. The system also adds a red badge with the name of the detected virus to the message, and the owner or a moderator will see that information when reviewing the message.

Note: Messages from nonmembers that contain viruses are blocked regardless of the selected Virus Handling setting.

Max Photo Size in Email

To save group storage space, you can use this setting to restrict the size of images that are attached to email messages sent by group members. In the list, select the maximum size (in pixels) that images attached to email messages should be resized to. The default setting is No resizing.

Note: 

  • Images attached to emails are stored in a default Emailed Photos album that the system creates. These images count toward the group’s storage limit. (Be aware that the Emailed Photos album is not accessible in Free groups created on or after August 24, 2020 because the Photos feature is not available in those groups.)
  • Only images that are larger than 100x100 pixels are displayed in the Emailed Photos album.
  • Inline images—that is, images inserted directly into the bodies of HTML-formatted messages—are resized to a maximum of 640 pixels in the long dimension. Inline images count toward the group’s storage limit.

Storage Limit Reached

This setting specifies how to handle message attachments when the group’s storage space limit is reached. Select the option you want to use:

  • The system deletes attachments to the oldest messages until sufficient space is freed up. This setting is the default.

    Note: The content (text) in messages themselves is not deleted. Only attachments are deleted.

  • The system bounces messages that have attachments until sufficient space is freed up.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Preferences > Settings > Message Formatting panel on the Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Message Formatting panel on the Settings page

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Message Footer

In this optional field, you can enter text—for example, a disclaimer or a link to the group’s guidelines—to be included in the footer of all group messages that are delivered by email.

The text you enter in this field is placed within the system-generated footers that Groups.io automatically adds to email messages.

Note: 

  • This field does not allow any text formatting, but URLs that you enter will become live links in the emailed messages.
  • When entering text, be concise. The text you enter here adds to the bulk of every outbound message.
  • You cannot edit, remove, or replace the system-generated footers.

Tip: 

  • To ensure that the footer has the same content and formatting when messages are viewed on a mobile device as messages that are viewed on a computer, select the Force HTML Emails setting.
  • If you want group email messages to be sent without formatting in the message body but also have nicely formatted footers with links, select both the Force HTML Emails setting and the Plain Text Only setting. 

Force HTML Emails

When you select this checkbox:

  • All messages that are emailed to the group in plain text format will be converted to HTML format. Message footers are particularly affected.
  • The option for members to receive plain text digests is removed from the Email Delivery section on the group’s Default Subscription Settings page and from members’ individual Subscription pages.
  • The footer in email messages viewed on mobile devices will have the same content and formatting as the footer in email messages viewed on computers.

Tip: If you want group email messages to be sent without formatting in the message body but also have nicely formatted footers with links, select both the Force HTML Emails setting and the Plain Text Only setting.

Note: If you apply the Force HTML Emails setting to an existing group, the subscriptions of any members who receive plain text digests will be converted to full digests.

Normalize HTML Emails

Select this checkbox to remove different font families, sizes, and colors from emailed group messages that are in HTML format. This setting also applies to signatures in emails. Simple formatting (such as bold and italic) and inline images are retained.

You can use this setting to “tone down” email messages and signatures that contain excessive use of different fonts and colors. With this setting, the system defaults to the fonts and colors that recipients have selected for their own displays, which might be easier for them to read.

Note: This setting also removes some font formatting options from the toolbar in the message editor on the group’s website. However, it does not affect the wiki editing tools.

Plain Text Only

Select this checkbox to convert HTML-formatted messages that are emailed to the group to plain text format. This setting affects the format of message footers as well.

Note: This setting does not affect the format of attachments.

Tip: If you want group email messages to be sent without formatting in the message body but also have nicely formatted footers with links, select both the Plain Text Only setting and the Force HTML Emails setting .

Attachments

This setting controls whether attachments are allowed with group messages. Select the option you want to apply:

  • Members can include attachments with email messages and with messages they compose on the website.

  • Messages that contain attachments are rejected (bounced back to the message senders).

  • The system strips attachments from messages and posts just the message bodies to the group.

  • The system flags messages that include attachments for moderation, regardless of other moderation settings in the group.

    Note: The “Override: not moderated” setting for individual members takes precedence over this attachment setting. That is, even if attachments are moderated for the group through this setting, attachments sent by members whose posting privilege is set to “Override: not moderated” will not be moderated.

Message reposting settings

Calendar settings

Member directory setting

Chats setting

Subgroups setting

Databases settings

Files settings

Photos settings

Polls setting

Wiki settings

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Reposting Policies section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Reposting Policies section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

You can allow members to repost messages to the group, and you can specify the maximum number of times that a message can be reposted.

Use case example: A group that posts classified ads might allow members to repost ads if items are not sold.

To allow message reposting in your group:

  • Select the Allow Reposts of Messages After [0] Days checkbox and change 0 to the number of days that must elapse before messages can be reposted to the group.
  • In the Max Number of Reposts list, select the number of times you want to allow members to be able repost messages.

Reposted messages are tagged automatically with the #repost hashtag.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Calendar section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Calendar section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Permissions

You can specify whether the Calendar feature is available on your group’s website and, if it is, who can view and create/edit events in the group’s calendar. From the Permissions list in the Calendar section of the panel, select the option you want to use.

In a group without subgroups (or the parent group if it has subgroups), the permission options are:

In a subgroup, the permission options are:

Send Invites On Join

Restriction: This setting is not available in legacy Free groups.

Select the Send Invites On Join checkbox to automatically send an iCalendar (ICS) file of all calendar events to new members when they join the group. Those members can use that ICS file to add the events to their own calendars.

This setting also automatically sends an ICS file of event cancellation notifications to members who leave the group.Those members can then use that ICS file to remove the group's calendar events from their own calendars.

Send Event Summaries, Summary Email Schedule

Restriction: This setting is not available in legacy Free groups.

Select the Send Event Summaries checkbox to automatically send a summary of upcoming calendar events (up to 20) to the group at a regular interval. Then select the interval from the Summary Email Schedule list.

After you save the settings, a message containing a summary of up to 20 upcoming group calendar events will be sent to the group at the interval you selected. The message’s subject line will contain the system hashtag #cal-summary.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Member Directory section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Member Directory section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

You can specify whether the member directory is available on the group’s website and, if it is, who can view it. From the Permissions list in the Member Directory section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

  • Members
    All members of the group can view the directory.
  • Moderators and Owners
    Only the group’s moderators and owners can view the directory.
  • Member Directory is disabled
    The directory feature is not available in this group.

Be aware that each group member can decide whether to create a profile for the group and, if they do create one, whether to allow it to be visible in the member directory.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Chats section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Chats section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

You can specify whether the Chats feature is available on the group’s website and, if it is, who can start new chats. From the Permissions list in the Chats section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

  • Members
    All members of the group can start new chats.
  • Moderators and Owners
    Only the group’s moderators and owners can start new chats.
  • Chat is disabled
    The Chats feature is not available in the group.

Restriction: Subgroups are available in Premium groups and Enterprise groups as well as in Free groups that were created before January 15, 2020. Free groups created after January 15, 2020 cannot have subgroups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Subgroups section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Subgroups section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

With this setting, you can specify who is allowed to create new subgroups. From the Permissions list in the Subgroups section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

  • Members
    All members of the group can create new subgroups.
  • Moderators and Owners
    Only moderators and owners can create new subgroups.
  • Owners Only
    Only owners can create subgroups.

Note: You can create subgroups during a free trial of a Premium group. However, if you decide not to continue with a paid Premium plan after the trial days are up, those subgroups will be locked. (They will not be deleted in case you decide to upgrade to a paid plan in the future.)

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Databases section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Databases section

Note: In legacy Free groups, the panel name is Features instead of Premium & Enterprise Features.

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Permissions

You can specify whether the Databases feature is available on your group’s website and, if it is, who can view and create/edit tables in the group’s databases. From the Permissions list in the Databases section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

Max Image Size In Databases

If the Databases feature is available in the group, you can restrict the size of images that are uploaded to database tables, to save group storage space. From the Max Image Size In Databases list, select the maximum size (in pixels) that uploaded images should be resized to. The default setting is No resizing.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Files section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Files section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Permissions

You can specify whether the Files feature is available on your group’s website and, if it is, who can view and upload files. From the Permissions list in the Files section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

Allow Photos In Files

If the group uses the Files feature, you can specify whether photos can be uploaded to the Files section (as opposed to restricting them to the Photos section). If you want to allow photos to be uploaded to the Files section, select the Allow Photos in Files checkbox.

Photos uploaded to the Files section are not subject to image size restrictions that might be set for photos uploaded to the Photos section. However, they do not have thumbnails like they would in the Photos section.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Photos section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Photos section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Permissions

You can specify whether the Photos feature is available on your group’s website and, if it is, who can view and upload photos and other images. From the Permissions list in the Photos section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

Max Size In Photos Section

If the group uses the Photos feature, you can restrict the size of images that are uploaded, to save group storage space. In the list, select the maximum size (in pixels) that uploaded images should be resized to when they are uploaded. The default setting is No resizing.

Allow Videos In Photos

If the group uses the Photos feature, you can select this checkbox if you want to allow video files to be uploaded to the Photos section.

When you select this checkbox, a Max Video Size In Photos Section list appears that you can use to select a maximum size limit for uploaded video files.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Polls section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Polls section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

You can specify whether the Polls feature is available on your group’s website and, if it is, who can start new polls. From the Permissions list in the Polls section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

  • Members can create
    All members in the group can create new polls.
  • Only moderators can create
    The group’s moderators, plus owners, are the only ones who can create new polls. Members can respond to polls.
  • Polls are disabled
    The Polls feature is not available in the group.

Note: When the Polls feature is available, only members who can post messages to the group can create (if allowed) and respond to polls.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Wiki section

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Settings > Premium & Enterprise Features panel on the Settings page > Wiki section

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Group button at the bottom of the page.

Permissions

You can specify whether the Wiki feature is available on your group’s website and, if it is, who can view and edit wiki pages.

From the Permissions list in the Wiki section of the panel, select the option you want to use:

Note: When an owner or moderator creates a wiki page, they can select a setting that allows only moderators to edit that page.

Sticky Wiki Page

In a group that uses the Wiki feature, you can select a specific wiki page that is partially displayed (with a link to the full page) at the top of the Messages page on the group’s website; in other words, the wiki page “sticks” to the top of the Messages page. From the Sticky Wiki Page list, select the page you want to make sticky on the messages page.

Note: The wiki page must already exist. You cannot create a new wiki page from here.

This setting is useful if, for example, you want to make a help page for the group easily noticeable. See Pinning topics and wiki pages.

Max Image Size On Wiki Pages

To save group storage space, you can use this setting to restrict the size of images that are inserted in wiki pages. In the list, select the maximum size (in pixels) that images inserted in wiki pages should be resized to. The default setting is No resizing.

 

Displaying the Membership Defaults page

Desktop browser: Go to the group’s website and, in the left menu, select Admin > MembershipDefaults.

Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then select Admin > Membership > Defaults on the More menu.

Saving changes to membership default settings

! Important: When you finish customizing settings on the Membership Defaults page, be sure to scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Settings button. Your changes will not take effect or be remembered until you use that button.

Membership Defaults page panels

The Membership Defaults page contains these expandable/collapsible panels, and each panel has its own group of settings:

Desktop browser: Go to the group’s website and, in the left menu, select Admin > MembershipDefaults.

Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then select Admin > Membership > Defaults on the More menu.

 

! Important: When you finish customizing settings on the Membership Defaults page, be sure to scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Settings button. Your changes will not take effect or be remembered until you use that button.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Membership > Defaults > Default Subscription Settings panel on the Default Subscription Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Membership > Defaults > Default Subscription Settings panel on the Default Subscription Settings page

The settings you select in the Default Subscription Settings panel will apply to all new members who join the group after the settings are updated. Setting changes will not affect existing group members.

Be aware that members can override these defaults individually by changing their personal subscription settings.

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Settings button at the bottom of the page.

Email Delivery

Select a setting that specifies how new members receive group posts by email:

  • Members receive each message individually as soon as it is posted to the group. (This setting is the default.)

  • Members receive a fully formatted (HTML) digest containing the day’s messages. For more information, see Message digests and summaries.

    Note: Members with this setting will receive special notices directly. Special notices are also included in digests.

  • Members receive a plain text digest containing the day’s messages. For more information, see Message digests and summaries.

    Note: Members with this setting will receive special notices directly. Special notices are also included in digests.

  • Every morning, members receive a once-daily list of topics that were posted the previous day. For more information, see Message digests and summaries.

    Note: Members with this setting will receive special notices directly. Special notices are also listed in summaries.

  • Members receive only the messages that moderators have designated as special notices.

    Note: Special notices are always sent directly, that is, members whose subscriptions are set to receive digests or summaries will also receive special notices individually.

  • With this setting, members do not receive any group messages—including special notices—by email. However, they might still receive individual notifications from the group (for example, messages sent directly to them by moderators) and system messages from Groups.io.

    Note: 

    • Members set to No Email can still access messages and other group features on the group’s website, but they do not receive group posts through email.
    • The No Email setting will not be available on this panel if you decide to disable it for the group. See Disable No Email.

Message Selection

Select a setting that specifies which messages members receive by email:

  • Members receive every message (individually or in digests, depending on the Email Delivery setting) posted to the group except those in topics that they have specifically muted or that are tagged with one or more hashtags they have specifically muted.

    This setting is the default.

  • Members receive only the messages (individually or in digests, depending on the Email Delivery setting) posted to the group in topics that they are specifically following or that are tagged with one or more hashtags they are specifically following.

  • Members receive the first message of each new topic, disregarding the fact that they have not yet followed that topic. This setting allows members to know that a given topic has been posted so they can then decide whether to follow any additional messages in that topic.
    Note: You cannot select this checkbox unless you select Following Only.

  • Select this checkbox to automatically send members all replies to topics that they start or reply to. This setting marks any topic that members start or reply to as one that they follow. This setting mimics the common web forum behavior of providing email notification for topics that members post in.

    Note: This checkbox is selected automatically when you select Following Only.

Max Attachment Size

If you want to specify a default maximum size for attachments that members receive in emails, select an option from this list. The default maximum attachment size is Unlimited.

This setting is useful for members who have a metered or limited connection or who have limited storage space for attachments. Instead of receiving an attached file, they will receive a link to it so they can open it from the group's website.

Note:

  • This setting does not prevent members from sending large attachments to the group (and using up storage space). It just prevents large attachments from being delivered to members by email.
  • If the total size of all attachments to a message exceeds the Max Attachment Size setting, links to the attachments are sent.

Color

You can apply colors to group members’ subscriptions, for example, to indicate different subscription categories or membership types. You can assign these colors from the member list as well as on individual members’ pages.

To set a default color to be associated with all new group members’ subscriptions, click or tap in the Color box on the Default Subscription Settings panel and select the desired color from the popup list. The selected color will be applied to the subscriptions of members who join the group after this change (but not to current members) and will be displayed in a Color column in the member list.

Selecting the white box in the popup list removes a previously assigned color.

Be aware that the Color column does not appear in the member list unless at least one member has an associated subscription color.

Note:

  • Only group owners, and moderators with the appropriate permissions, will see subscription colors in the member list even if the list is viewable by all group members (see Member List Visibility).
  • In subgroups: If you do not set a default subscription color in a subgroup (that is, the Color box in the subgroup is white), new members added to the subgroup will inherit the color from their subscription in the parent (main) group, if one is set. Otherwise, they will inherit the default subscription color set in the parent group.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Membership > Defaults > Default User Settings panel on the Default Subscription Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Membership > Defaults > Default User Settings panel on the Default Subscription Settings page

Note:

  • The settings in the Default User Settings panel apply to the accounts of people who are entirely new to Groups.io at the time they join your group—that is, people who, before joining this group, had not joined any other group at that email address (or had otherwise set these preferences in their own Groups.io account settings).
  • This panel does not appear in subgroups because someone must be a member of the parent group before joining a subgroup, and the act of joining the parent group creates the member's Groups.io account if it does not exist and populates the account with the default user settings at that point. Therefore, default user settings are not needed for subgroups.

! Important: Setting changes take effect after you click or tap the Update Settings button at the bottom of the page.

Language Preference

This setting specifies the default language in which the group website and notifications are displayed. But be aware that group members can change it individually in their account preferences.

Note:

  • Changing the group's default language will not affect the setting for individual group members who have changed the default language in their accounts.
  • If you change the default language in a group that has subgroups, the default language in those subgroups will be changed automatically to the new language. 
  • If you notice any translation errors, or if you are interested in contributing to Groups.io’s internationalization efforts, see Language Support.

Timezone

This setting specifies the timezone to use for displaying times on Groups.io websites.

Note: If you, the group owner, set a timezone in your Groups.io account preferences, new groups you create will have that timezone by default. Otherwise, the default timezone is U.S./Canada Pacific Time (UTC-08:00 or UTC-07:00 depending on whether Daylight Saving Time is in effect).

Time Display

This setting specifies whether times on Groups.io websites are displayed in standard (12-hour) or military (24-hour) format.

Date Display

This setting specifies how numerical dates are displayed on Groups.io websites.

Monday Start

Select this checkbox to display Groups.io calendars with Monday, rather than Sunday, as the first day of the week. (In countries outside the United States, calendar weeks often start on Monday instead of Sunday.)

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu >  Admin > Membership > Defaults > Extra Member Data panel at the bottom of the Default Subscription Settings page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Membership > Defaults > Extra Member Data panel at the bottom of the Default Subscription Settings page

In the Extra Member Data panel of the Default Subscription Settings page, you can specify new fields, similar to database table fields, that are associated with each of your group members. These fields are searchable and sortable in the member list, and the fields that apply to member profiles are searchable in the member directory.

To add a field, click or tap the Add Column button, and complete the fields and check boxes that appear:

  • Enter the name that will appear at the top of the column in the member list.

  • From the list, select the type of content the column will contain.

    For descriptions of the column types, see Column types.

  • In this field, you can enter a description of the column that will appear under that column’s field on:

    • The Extra Member Data panel on each member’s individual page when the page is opened from the member list
    • Each member’s profile page when the Viewable In A Member’s Profile checkbox is selected (see below)
    • Each member’s Subscription page for the group when the Answer Required To Join The Group checkbox is selected and the Viewable In A Member’s Profile checkbox is not selected (see below)

    Tip: One use for the Description field is to contain brief instructions for completing entries in the column you are adding.

  • If desired, enter a specific width for the column. This value specifies the number of pixels, not characters. Leave the default value of 0 if you want the column width to adjust automatically (wrapping the content, if needed), along with other columns, to fit the width of the list on the page.

    Tip: In general, leaving the display width set to 0 for Extra Member Data columns results in the best member list appearance in different browsers and on different devices.

  • Select this checkbox to require someone who joins or applies to join the group to complete the field first. If the Viewable In A Member’s Profile checkbox (see below) is not also selected, this field will appear only on members’ Subscription pages.

    Note: This checkbox does not apply to those who join by email, are added to the group directly, or are sent invitations to join.

  • Select this checkbox if you want the column to be hidden by default in the member list. When someone is viewing the member list, they can use the Visible button at the bottom of the page to display the column.

  • Select this checkbox to show the field on each member’s profile page. Members can edit the field by editing their profile for the group.

To change the order of columns, click or tap the up or down arrow at the far right in the bar with a column’s name to move that column up or down on the page. To delete a column, click or tap the X next to the down arrow.

! Important: When you finish adding, modifying, or deleting columns, click or tap the Update Settings button at the bottom of the page.

New columns are visible in the member list immediately, unless you have selected the Default Hidden check box.

To change the cover photo (image) on the group’s home page or change the group’s icon:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesCover Photo.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > Preferences > Cover Photo on the More menu.
  2. Follow the applicable steps based on what you want to do:

Tip: The system scales cover photo images to fit within 900 x 300 pixels (3:1 ratio) and scales icon images to fit within 200 x 200 pixels. If you want an image to look its best in Groups.io (that is, not distorted by the scaling), use an image editor to make the image the applicable size before you upload it to the group.

About notices

Group owners and moderators can create customized, prewritten messages, called notices, that can be sent to group members for various reasons.

Notices make it convenient for owners and moderators to send commonly used messages to members under different circumstances without having to rewrite the text each time. In the case of a member-initiated event, such as someone leaving a group or joining an unrestricted group, having a notice makes it possible for a message pertaining to that event to be sent to the person automatically.

Displaying the Notices page

Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > Preferences > Notices.

Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the More icon at the bottom of a page, then select Admin > Preferences > Notices on the More menu.

Notice types

Group owners and moderators can create customized, prewritten messages, called notices, that can be sent to group members for various reasons.

Notices make it convenient for owners and moderators to send commonly used messages to members under different circumstances without having to rewrite the text each time. In the case of a member-initiated event, such as someone leaving a group or joining an unrestricted group, having a notice makes it possible for a message pertaining to that event to be sent to the person automatically.

Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > Preferences > Notices.

Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the More icon at the bottom of a page, then select Admin > Preferences > Notices on the More menu.

Creating a notice

  1. Display the Notices page.
  2. Click or tap the New Notice button.
  3. On the New Notice page, complete the elements of the new notice:
    • From the list, select the type of notice you want to create.

    • You can leave the default name as it is or change it. This name is displayed in the list of existing notices on the Notices page and in selection lists on other pages.
      Tip: If you intend to create multiple notices of the same type, you should give each notice of that type a unique name so you will be able to easily identify specific notices in the selection lists.

    • You can leave the default subject as it is or change it.

    • Select this checkbox if you want to make this notice the Active Message for this notice type—that is, the message that is sent automatically at the time its corresponding event occurs.

      Note: For most notices, only one notice of each type can be the Active Message at any given time.

      Exceptions:

      • Group Guidelines—This notice type does not have an Active Message checkbox.
      • Message to Member—This notice type does not have an Active Message checkbox.
      • Monthly Reminder—You can have multiple Monthly Reminder notices set to Active Message. All of them will be sent automatically.
      • Welcome—You can have multiple Welcome notices set to Active Message. All of them will be sent automatically.
    • In the text formatting box, enter and format the body of the notice.

      Note: For some notices, the system provides default text for the message body. This text appears automatically when you select those notice types. You can edit the default text as desired.

      In the text editor, in a desktop browser, you can display another toolbar with additional editing options by clicking the More options icon (...) at the far left on the toolbar. In the mobile app or a mobile browser, all of the editing options are on the toolbar, and you can touch and scroll the toolbar to display them.

  4. Click or tap the Add Notice button at the bottom of the page.

Editing a notice

  1. Display the Notices page.
  2. Select the notice you want to edit.
  3. Make your changes to the notice.
  4. Click or tap the Update Notice button at the bottom of the page.

Deleting a notice

  1. Display the Notices page.
  2. Select the notice you want to delete.
  3. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Delete Notice button.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Banned Member notice can be sent automatically when a moderator bans a member from the group. To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Banned Member notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

Related help topic

  1. Banning or unbanning members

Restriction: This feature is available only in paid Premium and Enterprise groups.
It is not available in free Premium trial groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

When you are adding members directly to a Premium or Enterprise group, the content of a Direct Add notice is placed in the Customize Message panel on the Direct Add page. If you set a Direct Add notice to be the Active Message, its content is included in the Customize Message panel automatically when you go to the Direct Add page.

You can create more than one Direct Add notice. However, only one Direct Add notice can be designated as the Active Message. For example, you might want a Direct Add notice for general use, which would be the Active Message, and another Direct Add notice for certain situations, which you would select at the time you are direct adding those members.

Related help topic

  1. Adding members directly

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Goodbye notice can be sent automatically to someone who leaves the group. To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Goodbye notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

Some groups use this notice to ask members why they left the group. Responses go to the group owner email address.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Group Guidelines notice is a unique type of notice that provides a convenient and versatile way to communicate and maintain the group’s posting and conduct guidelines, rules, best practices, and so on.

Note: A group can have only one Group Guidelines notice.

A Group Guidelines notice can be:

  • Sent automatically on the first of each month as a message to the group, with an option to include members whose subscriptions are set to Special Notices Only.
  • Sent automatically to all new group members.
  • Sent manually by an owner or a moderator to a group member at any time.
  • Displayed through its own Guidelines entry in the group’s left menu (in a desktop browser) or on the group’s More menu (in a mobile browser or the mobile app), with an option for that entry to be visible to group members only or to the general public.

When the notice is created, a Guidelines entry automatically appears in the left menu (in a desktop browser) or on the More menu (in a mobile browser or the mobile app). The rest of the notice’s features are optional, and you can specify them when creating or editing the notice:

  • You can leave the default name as it is or change it. This name is displayed in the list of existing notices on the Notices page and in selection lists on other pages.

  • Enter a subject line that will appear in the message when the notice is emailed to a group member separately from the monthly message to the group.

  • Enter a subject line that will appear in the message when the notice is emailed to the group or to an individual.

  • Select the Private checkbox to make the Guidelines entry on the group’s home page visible only to group members. If you do not select this checkbox, the Guidelines entry is visible to the general public.

  • Select the Send on Join checkbox to email the Group Guidelines notice automatically to new group members.

  • Select the Send monthly to group checkbox to send the Group Guidelines notice as a message to the group on the first of each month. With this option, the message is also saved in the group’s message archive.
    Note: The system sends the message with the #guidelines-notice hashtag. If that hashtag does not already exist, it is created with a topic duration of one month, causing the archived message to be automatically deleted after one month (when it is superseded by the next monthly message). The #guidelines-notice hashtag is set to “Use by Mods Only” and “Replies by Mods Only” to prevent nonmoderators from using it.

  • This checkbox appears only when the Send monthly to group checkbox is selected. When you select the Send monthly as special checkbox, the monthly Group Guidelines message to the group is sent as a special notice, so that members whose email delivery option is Special Notice Only will receive it (in addition to members who receive individual messages, digests, or summaries). In this case, the #guidelines-notice hashtag is also set to “Special.”

    Note: The checkbox in the notice overrides the #guidelines-notice hashtag setting. For example, if you edit the #guidelines-notice hashtag during the month and remove the “Special” setting from it but you do not clear this checkbox on the Group Guideline notice’s page, the “Special” setting will be reinstated in the hashtag the next time the notice is sent.

Tip: Sample Guidelines notices are available in the wiki in the GroupManagersForum group. Feel free to use those samples as a basis for your group’s notice.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Group Sponsorship notice can be sent automatically to members who sponsor a group in a group where the sponsorship feature is enabled. To be sent automatically, the notice must be an active notice (set to Active Message). You can have multiple Group Sponsorship notices, and more than one can be set to Active Message. If no Group Sponsorship notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

Note: This notice is in addition to the automated payment receipt that members receive by email.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Invite notice can be sent automatically to people you are inviting to join the group. You can customize the text further, if needed, at the time you are sending the invitation, but be aware that further customization is not saved to the notice—it applies only to that one-time use.

You can create more than one Invite notice. However, only one Invite notice can be designated as the Active Message. For example, you might want one Invite notice for general use, which would be the Active Message, and another Invite notice for special situations, which you would select at the time you send those invitations.

Related help topic

  1. Inviting people to join a group

Restriction: The Lock Group feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Locked Group notice can be sent automatically when the group has been locked but someone sends an email to it. To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Locked Group notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

Note: Groups.io automatically locks any subgroups that were created in:

  1. A Free group that was created after January 15, 2020 at 9:00 a.m. U.S. Pacific Time, then upgraded to Premium, then later downgraded back to Free
  2. A trial Premium group that is downgraded to a Free group

Those subgroups are locked until the Free group is upgraded again.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Locked Topic notice can be sent to the group automatically at the time a topic is locked. To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Locked Topic notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

You may create more than one Locked Topic notice. However, only one Locked Topic notice can be designated as the Active Message. For example, you might want a notice that applies to most locked topics, which would be the Active Message, and another notice that you want to apply to certain types of locked topics, which you would select on the Topic Properties page at the time you lock those topics.

Note:

  • No one—including group owners and moderators—can reply to a locked topic.
  • Members who send an email reply to a locked topic receive an automatic delivery failure notification stating that the topic is locked.

Related help topic

  1. Locking and unlocking topics

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Message to Member notice is a prewritten message on any subject that an owner or moderator can send at any time to a member, or to multiple members, through the Send Message feature from either a member’s individual page or the member list page on the group’s website.

You can create more than one Message to Member notice (for example, to cover different situations). When you send a Message to Member notice, you can customize it further as needed. However, further customization is not saved to the notice. It applies only to that one-time use.

Related help topic

  1. Group owner email messages

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Monthly Reminder notice can be sent to the group automatically every month. The notice is also saved in the group’s message archive. You could use this notice to remind members how to post messages to the group, how to change their subscription preferences, how to change their email address, and so on.

To be sent automatically, the notice must be set to Active Message. You can create multiple Monthly Reminder notices and set each one to Active Message so they are all sent automatically. If no Monthly Reminder notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent automatically.

Note: 

  • The system sends the message with the #monthly-notice hashtag. If that hashtag does not already exist, it is created with a topic duration of one month, causing the archived message to be automatically deleted after one month (when it is superseded by the next monthly message). The #monthly-notice hashtag is set to "Use by Mods Only" and "Replies by Mods Only" to prevent nonmoderators from using it.
  • When you select the Send monthly as special checkbox, the Monthly Reminder message to the group is sent as a special notice, so that members whose email delivery option is Special Notice Only will receive it (in addition to members who receive individual messages, digests, or summaries). In this case, the #monthly-notice hashtag is also set to “Special.” Be aware that the checkbox in the notice overrides the #monthly-notice hashtag setting. For example, if you edit the #monthly-notice hashtag during the month and remove the “Special” setting from it but you do not clear this checkbox on the notice’s page, the “Special” setting will be reinstated in the hashtag the next time the notice is sent.
  • If you have multiple Monthly Reminder notices set to Active Message, the system sends them all at the same time (within the same second or two). Due to the vagaries of email delivery, there is no way to guarantee the order in which multiple notices are delivered.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Pending Subscription notice can be sent automatically to anyone who applies for membership in a restricted group (a group that has the Restricted Membership spam control setting). To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Pending Subscription notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

Tips: 

  • Some groups use this notice to screen potential members by asking questions for applicants to respond to in support of their applications to join the group. Responses go to the group owner address and are recorded on individual members’ pages under “+owner messages.”
  • Templates for Pending Subscription notices are available in the wiki in the GroupManagersForum group. Feel free to use those templates as a basis for your group’s notice.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Rejected Message notice is sent when a moderator rejects a pending message from a moderated member or a message in a moderated group or topic. The way it is handled depends on the method the moderator uses to reject the message.

If the moderator rejects the message by email (uses the rejection link in a “Message Approval Needed” email notification), the Rejected Message notice can be sent automatically. To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Rejected Message notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

If the moderator rejects the message on the group’s website, the text box for the rejection notice is initially left empty. The moderator can write the entire message by hand or select a Rejected Message notice as the initial text.

Related help topic

  1. Handling pending messages

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Rejected Subscription notice can be sent automatically when a moderator rejects an application for membership in a restricted group. To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Rejected Subscription notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

Related help topic

  1. Handling pending members

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Removed Member notice can be sent automatically when a moderator removes a member or members from the group. To be sent automatically, the notice must be the active notice (set to Active Message). If no Removed Member notice is set to Active Message, none will be sent.

Related help topic

  1. Removing members from the group

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Admin > Preferences > Notices

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More > Admin > Preferences > Notices

The Welcome notice is sent automatically to members who join an unrestricted group or whose membership in a restricted group has been approved. When the group is created, the system generates a default Welcome notice. You can edit the default notice to personalize it for your group.

You can create multiple Welcome notices and set each one to Active Message so they are all sent automatically. If you have multiple Welcome notices set to Active Message, the system sends them all at the same time (within the same second or two).

Note: Due to the vagaries of email delivery, there is no way to guarantee the order in which multiple notices are delivered.

Related help topic

  1. Handling pending members

Audience: Group owners and moderators

Inviting people to join a group

Adding members directly

Displaying the member list

Reviewing the member list

Handling pending members

Handling members marked NC

Moderating individual members

Moderator notes

Changing a member's email address

Adding or updating members' display names

Reviewing members who were removed because of reported spam

Removing members from the group

Banning or unbanning members

Displaying an individual member's record

Synchronizing group members with a file of email addresses

Synchronizing group members with Slack teams

Viewing information about past members

Dealing with bouncing accounts

About invitations

Groups.io provides an invitation system for owners and moderators (with the right permissions) to submit the email addresses of people they want to invite to join the group. The system sends an email invitation to each person. To join the group, each recipient just has to click the link in the invitation or reply to the invitation.

Owners and moderators can track each invitation and see whether it has been accepted.

Note: 

  • Links in email invitations expire after 14 days. If no response is received within that period, you can resend the invitations, which will generate new links.
  • Free groups and Premium trial groups can add members only through the invitation process. If you want to add members to your group directly without the invitation step, that feature—called direct add—is available in paid Premium and Enterprise groups.

Sending invitations to join the group

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > MembershipInvite.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group’s page, then select Admin > MembershipInvite on the More menu.
    The Invite page appears. If you have created an Invite notice for the group and set it to be the Active Message, the text of that notice appears in the Customize Message panel.
  2. If desired, customize the content in the Customize Message panel. (If your group has more than one Invite notice, you can select one from the Notices list under the text box. The notice text will then appear in the panel.) This content will be included in the invitation message along with the prewritten content in the Invitation to be Sent panel. As you enter text in the Customize Message panel, it is added to the Invitation to be Sent panel after the line that says “The following message was included by [your name]:”.
    Note: You cannot change the existing content in the Invitation to be Sent field. Including a customized message might improve the invitation acceptance rate by reassuring recipients that the invitation is legitimate.  
  3. In the Email Addresses field, enter the email addresses (one per line) of the people you want to invite to the group. Alternatively, under Upload Addresses, you can navigate to a plain text file you created that contains a list of email addresses, and upload that file. Email addresses can be in either of these formats:
    email@example.com
    Display Name <email@example.com>
    Note:
    • If you include names with the email addresses (as in the second format example above), the names will become the members’ display names in the group.
    • A plain text file must contain one email address, or one display name and email address, per line and must be UTF-8 encoded. It cannot be UTF-16LE encoded. Rich text format (RTF) files will not work.
  4. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Send Invitations button. The Invite page is refreshed and displays an Invite Summary panel with the number of invitations the system processed and sent.

Note: If an email address being invited is an email alias set up in an existing member’s Groups.io account, the Invite Summary panel displays an error message stating that the invited address is already a member and including the email address the alias is associated with.

Inviting more than 20 people at a time

If you invite more than 20 people to your group in a 24-hour period, you probably will see a notice that says:

“You have reached the limit for number of invites that can be sent out without approval. Once your new invites have been approved, they will be sent out. You will receive a notification when this happens.”

For this situation, Groups.io has a waiting period during which management reviews the list of invitees to ensure that you are not a spammer. The remaining invitations usually are released within a few hours.

Note: This review also applies to paid Premium and Enterprise groups that direct add more than 20 people at a time.

Tip: It is not necessary to group your invitations in batches of 20, which will only incur additional delays. You can send all your invitations at once, either by uploading a plain text file or by copying and pasting all the email addresses into the Email Addresses field on the Invite page.

Tracking, resending, or canceling invitations

To see the status of invitations that were sent:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > MembershipInvite.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group’s page, then select Admin > MembershipInvite on the More menu.
  2. On the Invite page that appears, click or tap the Sent Invitations button at the top. The page is refreshed and displays a list of the email addresses that were invited, the dates the invitations were sent, and the status of the invitations.

To cancel and remove invitations that were sent, or to resend them, you can use the Actions button at the bottom of the list:

  1. In the list of email addresses, select the checkboxes in front of the email addresses whose invitations you want to cancel or resend.
  2. Click or tap the Actions button and select the action you want to apply to those email addresses:
    • Cancel/Remove Invite
    • Send Again

Note: 

  • The links in email invitations you resend expire after 14 days.
  • If you do not cancel/remove an invitation, it can be sent again at any future date.

Restriction: This feature is available only in paid Premium and Enterprise groups.
It is not available in free Premium trial groups.

In a paid Premium or Enterprise group, owners and moderators can add members to the group directly without going through the invitation process.

To add members directly to a group:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > MembershipDirect Add.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group’s page, then select Admin > MembershipDirect Add on the More menu.
  2. Complete the Direct Add page:
    • The Message to be Sent panel at the top of the page shows the standard text that will be sent to the members who are added. You can use the Customize Message field to add personalized content, which will be added to the text in the Message to be Sent field after a statement that says “The Group moderators have included the following important message:”.
      Note: If you have set up a Direct Add notice for the group and it is set to Active Message, or you select a Direct Add notice from the Notices list, the content of that notice will be displayed in the Customize Message field, where you can edit it further if desired. Be aware that any changes you make will not be saved to that Direct Add notice.
    • If your group includes subgroups, in the Add to Subgroups panel on the page, you can select any subgroups you want to add the new member or members to.
    • In the Emails panel on the page, enter the email addresses of the members you want to add (one address per line). Alternatively, under Upload Addresses, you can navigate to a plain text file you created that contains a list of email addresses, and upload that file. Email addresses can be in either of these formats:
      email@example.com
      Display Name <email@example.com>
      Note:
      • If you include names with the email addresses (using the second format example above), they will become the members’ display names in the group.
      • You can include digest, summary, or nomail at the end of a line to set that email delivery option for that member. Be aware that members can change their email delivery options. 
      • If you upload a plain text file, it must contain one email address (or one display name and email address) per line; a delivery option can be included at the end of a line as well. The file must be UTF-8 encoded. It cannot be UTF-16LE encoded. Rich text format (RTF) files will not work.
  3. Click or tap the Add Members button at the bottom of the page.

Note:

  • If an email address being added is an email alias set up in an existing member’s Groups.io account, the system displays an error message stating that the address is already a member and including the email address the alias is associated with.
  • If you add more than 20 people to your group in a 24-hour period, you probably will see a notice that says you have reached the limit for the number of members that can be added without approval. For this situation, Groups.io has a waiting period during which management reviews the list of added members to ensure that you are not a spammer. The remaining additions usually are processed within a few hours.

To display the Members page, also referred to as the member list, so you can review it for member status and other information:

  • Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > Members.
  • Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group’s page, then select Admin > Members on the More menu.

The member list on the Members page contains members’ display names, email addresses, email delivery method, and the date they joined (or were approved to join) the group. If subscription colors have been assigned to any members, the member list also contains a Color column showing those colors. In Premium and Enterprise groups, the member list might contain additional, custom columns.

Certain colored badges might appear in entries in the member list to indicate members’ email delivery status, email delivery setting, or moderation status. For a list of these badges and their descriptions, see Member badges.

To filter the member list to display only the members who are in certain categories, who have a certain status, or who are assigned a specific subscription color:

  1. At the top of the Members page, click or tap the Filter button.
  2. When the filter list appears, select the checkbox for the category or status by which you want to filter the member list. You can select more than one checkbox. You can also select a subscription color (the color squares are at the end of the filter list).
  3. ! Important: Scroll to the bottom of the filter list and click or tap Apply.

To clear the filter list and display the entire member list, click or tap the Members button at the top of the page.

Note: If you are a moderator, these checkboxes appear in the filter list only if you have the corresponding moderator permission:

  • Pending Approval 
    (requires the Approve Pending Members permission)
  • Banned 
    (requires the Manage Member Subscriptions permission)
  • Bouncing 
    (requires the Manage Member Subscriptions permission)

 

About pending members

If the group is set up with restricted membership, people who request to join the group must be approved by an owner or moderator. Until an owner or moderator takes action, the prospective member remains in a pending state.

When someone applies to join a restricted group, owners and moderators who have chosen to receive pending member notifications receive an email or web/app notification (or both) that has a subject line starting with “Subscription approval needed.” 

Note: 

  • For email notifications, the owners’ and moderators’ group subscriptions must be set to receive emails sent to the owner address.
  • Pending member requests expire after 14 days. If no action is taken within that period, the request is deleted. The pending member does not receive any notification.
    Exception: The 14-day timeout period does not apply to approval requests that have been claimed by a moderator on the group’s website.

Handling pending members by email

To approve a pending member by email: Reply to the “Subscription approval needed” message without adding anything to it or clearing any text (if your email application is set up to include or quote messages you are replying to).

To reject a pending member by email: Forward the “Subscription approval needed” message to the rejection link included in the message. The prospective member receives an automatic notification with a simple statement that the subscription request was not approved by the moderators. To provide more feedback to prospective members, you can create a customized Rejected Subscription notice with additional information.

Note: If the pending member has been claimed by another moderator (see below), you will receive an email delivery failure notification containing a statement that the pending member was claimed and including the claiming moderator’s display name.

Handling pending members on the group’s website

To approve, reject, or claim one pending member:

  1. In the “Subscription approval needed” email from the prospective member, click or tap the View pending member link, which takes you to the prospective member’s individual page on the group’s website.
  2. Scroll to the bottom of the page, and click or tap the button for the action you want to take:
    • Approve Pending Sub: Approve the subscription request.
    • Reject Pending Sub: Reject the subscription request
    • Claim Sub: Indicate to other group moderators that you are handling this subscription request. A Claimed by badge containing your name appears next to the person’s email address on the member list.

To approve, reject, or claim multiple pending members at the same time:

  1. Display the member list. When the Members page appears, it lists the pending members.
  2. Select the checkboxes next to the rows of the pending members for which you want to take the same action.
  3. At the bottom of the page, click or tap the Actions button, and then select the action you want to take for the pending members you selected:
    • Approve: Approve those subscription requests.
    • Reject: Reject those subscription requests.
    • Claim: Indicate to other group moderators that you are handling those subscription requests. A Claimed by badge containing your name appears next to each person’s email address on the member list.

Tip: In a group that has more than one moderator, you might want to use the Claim option if, for example, you want to contact the requester for more information or consult with other moderators before approving or rejecting the request. Claiming a pending member indicates to other moderators that someone is handling that subscription request. However, be aware that it does not prevent other moderators from taking action.

Note:

  • Pending members who are claimed are not subject to the 14-day timeout period for responding to subscription requests. They remain pending until the moderator who claimed them either approves or rejects them.
  • Other moderators with the appropriate permissions can still take action on a claimed pending member on the group’s website. In any confirmation popup that appears, those moderators will see a “Warning: This pending member was claimed by [moderator’s display name]” statement.

Members who requested to join the group but have not yet responded to the confirmation email message sent by Groups.io are marked with the NC (Not Confirmed) badge in the member list.

Tip: To see a list of only the Not Confirmed members, display the member list. Click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page, select the Not Confirmed checkbox in the filter list, then go to the bottom of the filter list and click or tap Apply. The page is refreshed and displays a list of the Not Confirmed members.

In Free groups, owners and moderators can send another confirmation email message to a Not Confirmed member and hope that the member responds to it:

  1. Display the member list.
  2. Click or tap in the row—anywhere except the checkbox—of the member who has a Not Confirmed badge to display that member’s individual page.
    Go to the bottom of that page and click or tap the Send Confirmation Email button.

In Premium or Enterprise groups, owners and moderators can confirm NC members directly.

  1. Display the membership record of the member whose membership you want to confirm.
  2. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Confirm button. 

Note: In a restricted Premium or Enterprise group, if you approve a pending member who is not yet confirmed, the approval also confirms their membership automatically.

In the member list, click or tap anywhere in a member’s row—except the checkbox—to open a page that contains their membership details.

(Clicking or tapping the checkbox in a member’s row on the Members page selects the row so you can perform an action using the Actions button at the bottom of the Members page.) 

You can change the message posting privileges for individual members without changing the settings for the entire group. Example: A member is not following the group’s guidelines for posting, so you want to moderate their posts for a while.

Note: Moderation applies only to messages. A member who is moderated will still be able to upload files and photos (if those features are available in the group) without moderator intervention. However, you can receive notifications about activity that involves files and photos. See Moderator notifications about group activity.

To moderate an individual member:

  1. Display the individual’s membership record.
  2. Scroll down to the Posting Privileges panel.
  3. Select the level of moderation you want to apply to this member:
    • The message moderation setting specified for the group applies to this member. This posting privilege setting is the default.

    • No messages posted by this member are moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

      In the member list and on certain other group pages, the member will have a Posting Always Allowed badge: P

    • All messages posted by this member are moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

      In the member list and on certain other group pages, the member will have a Moderated badge: M

    • The first n messages posted by this member are moderated, where n is a number from 1 to 4. The default is 1. You can change the number in the Group Type and Moderation panel on the group’s Settings page (look for the Unmoderate After list below the New Members Moderated checkbox). See Group type and moderation settings.

      In the member list and on certain other group pages, the member will have a New Member Moderated badge (followed by a number): NMM

    • This member cannot post any messages, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

      In the member list and on certain other group pages, the member will have a Not Allowed to Post badge: NP

    • The first message in every topic that is started by this member is moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

      In the member list and on certain other group pages, the member will have a Moderate First Message badge: MF

    • All messages posted in every topic that is started by this member are moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

      In the member list and on certain other group pages, the member will have a Moderate Started Topics badge: MT

  4. If desired, click or tap the Notes button at the top of the page and enter a note about why you are moderating this member. The note will be saved in the member’s record. Such notes can be helpful to other moderators who might review the member’s page.
  5. Click or tap the Save button at the bottom of the page.

 

Group owners and moderators can add notes to individual members’ records that other moderators and owners—and only moderators and owners—can review. For example, you could add a note about who referred a particular member to the group, add a note about a moderator action related to a member (such as putting them on moderation or removing or banning them), and so on.

To add a moderator note to a member’s record:

  1. Display the member’s record.
  2. Click or tap the Membership button at the top of the member’s page and select Notes from the list.  
  3. On the resulting page, enter the text of your note, then click or tap the Update button.

In the member list, the email address in the member’s record will be followed by a note icon Note icon image with a tooltip of “Has Moderator Note”. 

To modify or delete the note, follow steps 1 and 2 above, edit the text of the note or delete all the text, and click or tap Update.

 

Restriction: This feature is available only in paid Premium and Enterprise groups.
It is not available in free Premium trial groups.

! Caution: This action changes the email address for the member’s Groups.io account, which will affect all other group subscriptions they have at this address. It is functionally equivalent to the member changing the address in their own account.

In a paid Premium or Enterprise group, owners and moderators can change the email addresses of members who cannot change their addresses themselves for some reason:

  1. Display the membership record of the member whose email address you want to change.
  2. In the Email field at the top of the page, edit the member’s email address.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap Save.

Tip: If you want to be notified when members change their own email addresses, set a notification method under Account Changes in your subscription setting for the group. See Moderator notification settings.

Note: 

  • You cannot change the email address of someone who is a moderator or owner of any group or subgroup.
  • If the new address belongs to an existing Groups.io account or is an existing alias, the system displays a message that the address is already registered, and no change occurs. Group owners and moderators cannot merge members’ accounts, so the member will have to unsubscribe, or delete one of the accounts, or merge their accounts. Or you can remove the member from the group and direct add them with their new address.

 

The Display Name field in group members’ records can be populated or updated in any of these ways:

  • An owner or moderator can include a display name when they invite or add a member to the group.
  • Members can add or modify their display names in their Groups.io account profiles or in their profiles for individual groups. (See Customizing your account profile and group profiles.)
  • Owners and moderators can edit the Display Name field in individual members’ records (however, be aware that members can change their own display names as mentioned above).
  • If the field is empty when a member initially joins (or is added to) the group, the Groups.io system might automatically populate the field the first time the member emails a message to the group, if the message’s email header contains display name information.

Some email providers notify Groups.io when group messages end up in their (the provider’s) users’ spam folders. Most likely, the group messages were automatically flagged as spam by the email provider rather than having been specifically marked as spam by the users.

When Groups.io receives such a notification, the system automatically unsubscribes that member from the group. Groups.io also sends the member an email with a link that lets them automatically and quickly resubscribe to the group if the spam flagging was a mistake. The email lets the member know to check their spam folder and mark any messages in there from Groups.io as not spam, to help train the email provider’s spam filters to make fewer mistakes about Groups.io emails.

Group owners and moderators can check the activity log for members who were removed because group messages were reported as spam to their email providers:

  1. Desktop browser: On your group’s left menu, select Admin > Activity.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page, then select Admin > Activity on the More menu.
    The Activity page is displayed.
  2. (Optional) If you want to confine the search to a specific date or range of dates, select the applicable option from the Any Time list at the top of the page.
  3. In the actions list, scroll down to and select Spam - System removed member due to spam report. A list of the members who were removed because of reported spam is displayed.

For additional information about this situation, see the wiki in the GroupManagersForum group.

Note: Be aware that members who are removed from a group are able to rejoin the group at that email address (assuming it is a functioning address). If you want to prevent someone from being able to join the group at all from that address, you can ban them.

Removing an individual member

  1. Display the member’s record.
  2. If desired, enter a moderator note about why you are removing this member. The note will be saved in the member’s record, which will be retained even after the member is removed. Such notes can be helpful to other moderators who might review the member’s record.
    Restriction: The records of past members are available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Remove button.
  4. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

If the group has an active Removed Member notice, the member receives that notice automatically.

Removing multiple members at the same time

  1. Display the member list.
  2. Next to the Display Name column, select the checkboxes of the members you want to remove.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Actions button, then select Remove from the list.
  4. When the Verify Action confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

If the group has an active Removed Member notice, the members receive that notice automatically.

Note: You cannot remove someone who is the sole owner of a subgroup. You must change the subgroup’s owner first.

Removing a large number of members (bulk remove)

If you have a large number of members to remove, or you have a large membership list and it would be tedious to page through it to remove several members at once, you can use these steps to remove the members:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Admin > Membership > Bulk Remove.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > Membership > Bulk Remove on the More menu.
  2. On the Bulk Remove Members page, use one of these methods to enter the email addresses you want to remove:
    • In the Email Addresses field, enter (or copy and paste) the email addresses, one address per line.
    • Under Upload Addresses, locate and upload a plain text file you created that contains the email addresses (one address per line in the file).
  3. If you want an active Removed Member notice to be sent to the members being removed, select the Send Removed Member Notice checkbox. If you do not select this checkbox, the removed members will not be notified.
  4. Click or tap the Remove Members button.
  5. When the Verify Removal confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

Banning a member

To remove a disruptive member or a spammer from the group and prevent them from rejoining at that email address:

  1. Display the member’s record.
  2. If desired, enter a moderator note about why you are banning this member. The note will be saved in the member’s record, which is retained even after the member is banned. Such notes can be helpful to other moderators who might review the member’s record.
    Restriction: The records of past members are available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Ban button. 
  4. When the Verify Ban confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

If the group has an active Banned Member notice, the member receives that notice automatically.

Tip: You can proactively ban an email address that you know belongs to a spammer or other undesirable member, to prevent them from trying to join the group.

To proactively ban an email address:

  1. Display the member list.
  2. Click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page.
  3. In the filter list, select the Banned checkbox, then go to the bottom of the filter list and click or tap Apply.
  4. On the resulting page, click or tap the Ban Email link to expand that panel.
  5. In the Ban Email Address field, enter the email address that you want to ban and the reason you are banning it.
  6. Click or tap Ban User.
    Note: If that person is an existing group member, they will receive the Banned Member notice if one is set up for the group.

Note:

  • You cannot ban someone who is the sole owner of a subgroup. You must change the subgroup’s owner first.
  • Banning applies only to that specific email address. It is possible for someone to try to join or rejoin using another email address.
  • A banned member who is logged in to Groups.io with the banned email address will not be able to see the group’s home page. If they try to go to the group’s home page (for example, by entering the group’s URL in their web browser), they will be redirected to the most recent group home page they visited, where they will see a “You are not a member of this group” notice in a red box at the top of the page.
  • A banned member who is not logged in to Groups.io and goes to the group’s home page, clicks the Join This Group button (or the Apply For Membership button in a restricted group), and enters the banned email address will see a “That email has been banned from the group” notice on the page after they click the Confirm Email Address button. This action is also recorded in the group’s activity log.
  • A banned member who sends an email message from the banned email address to the group’s posting address will receive a delivery failure notification that contains the statement “You are not allowed to post to that group.” This action is also recorded in the group’s activity log.
  • A banned member who attempts to subscribe by email from the banned email address (by sending a message to the group’s +subscribe address) will receive a delivery failure notification that contains the statement “This email has been banned from the group.” This action is also recorded in the group’s activity log.
  • The group retains information about members who were banned, including any moderator notes about them, messages they sent to the owner email address, their join dates, and so on.
  • In Premium and Enterprise groups, banned members are included in the Past Members list. Those groups also have the option to ban entire domains.

Unbanning a member

If you find you need to reinstate (unban) a member who was banned (for example, if the banning was an error), follow these steps:

  1. Display the member list.
  2. Click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page.
  3. In the filter list, select the Banned checkbox, then go to the bottom of the filter list and click or tap Apply.
  4. In the resulting list of banned members, select the checkbox next to the member’s row.
  5. Click or tap the Actions button at the bottom of the list, and select Unban from the list.
  6. When the Verify Action confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes. The member is removed from the Banned list.

Note: The member will need to rejoin the group (by invitation, through direct add, or by requesting to join). They do not become a group member again automatically after being unbanned.

Viewing a list of banned members

  1. Display the member list.
  2. Click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page.
  3. In the filter list, select the Banned checkbox.
  4. Go to the bottom of the filter list and click or tap Apply. The page is refreshed and displays a list of members who were banned from the group.

 

Restriction: This feature is available only in paid Premium and Enterprise groups.
It is not available in free Premium trial groups.

In a paid Premium or Enterprise group, owners and moderators can upload a file containing the email addresses of all of the people they want to belong to the group. Any members currently in the group who are not listed in the file will be removed from the group, and any people listed in the file who are not in the group will be added. No email notices are sent to group members who are removed.

Note: In a group that has subgroups, the file sync feature is available only for the parent group. Because subgroup members must belong to the parent group, the file sync feature does not apply to subgroups.

To synchronize your group members with a file of email addresses:

  1. Create a text file containing a list of the email addresses, one address per line, of all the people you want to be members of the group.
  2. Go to the group’s website and display the Sync Settings page:
    Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Admin > Membership > File Sync.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page, tap More, then select Admin > Membership > File Sync on the More menu.
  3. On the Sync Settings page, the Message To Be Sent section shows the standard content that will be sent to any people who are added to the group. To add your own text to that content, scroll down to the Customize Message field, and enter and format any personalized text that you want to include in the message to be sent. As you enter text there, it is added to the Message To Be Sent field above the line that starts “If this was a mistake...”, and the statement “The Group moderators have included the following important message:” is added above your text.
    Note: You cannot change the existing content in the Message To Be Sent field. Providing a customized message can reassure recipients that the message is legitimate.
    Tip: Use the formatting tools on the text editing toolbar to make your personalized text stand out from the standard content.
  4. If desired, and if your group has a Direct Add notice, select the Direct Add notice from the Notices list under the Customize Message field.
  5. If your group has subgroups and you want to add any new members to them, scroll to the Add To Subgroups panel and select the checkboxes for the subgroups you want to add new members to.
  6. Click or tap the Browse button, and navigate to and select the text file containing the list of email addresses.
  7. Click or tap the Sync Members button. The File Sync Members page appears. On this page:
    • The top panel, Members To Be Removed, lists the email addresses of members who will be removed from the group because their email addresses are not in the file you uploaded. No email notices will be sent to these members when they are removed.
    • The bottom panel, People To Be Added, lists the email addresses in the file you uploaded that do not belong to any current members of the group.
  8. If you are satisfied that the lists of members to be removed and people to be added are correct, click or tap the Sync Members button at the bottom of the page. The system synchronizes the member lists and returns to the Members page. 

 

Related help topic

  1. Displaying the member list

A Groups.io group can be synchronized (synced) with an external service, which means that members of the external service automatically can be made members of the group. Automatic syncing occurs hourly. 

Currently, the only service that a Groups.io group can sync with is Slack. Once you set up the connection between your group and your Slack team, you can view which members are a part of one and not the other and synchronize them.

To synchronize your group members with a Slack team:

  1. Go to the group’s website and display the Sync Settings page:
    Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Admin > Membership > Service Sync.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page, tap More, then select Admin > Membership > Service Sync on the More menu.
  2. On the Sync Settings page, from the Service list, select Synced with a Slack Team. The Authenticate with Slack button appears.
  3. Click or tap Authenticate with Slack and then sign in to your Slack workspace. Ensure that you give Groups.io permission to access the workspace. After you are signed in, you are returned to the Sync Settings page in your group.
  4. Under Auto Sync Type, select the type of synchronization you want to use. Under Join Channels, select the applicable channels.
  5. Click or tap the Update Sync button at the bottom of the page. The result depends on the Auto Sync Type option you selected. If it was:
    • One of the Pull or Push options: The members in Groups.io and Slack are synchronized according to your selection.
    • No Automatic Sync: Groups.io displays the Sync Dashboard page, which contains two tabs. Each tab lists the people who are not members of the other. You can use those tabs to manually select the members of each team that you want to sync with the other team:
      • On the Groups.io Members tab, which lists the group members who are not members of the Slack team, select the group members you want to add to the Slack team and click or tap the Add to Slack button.
      • On the Slack Members tab, which lists the Slack team members who are not members of the Groups.io group, select the members you want to add to the group and click or tap the Add to Groups.io button. 

Note: When you select No Automatic Sync, you can click or tap the Sync Dashboard button (next to the Update Sync button) at any time to view the Groups.io Members tab and Slack Members tab. The Sync Dashboard button is disabled when you select a Pull or Push sync option. 

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

In a Premium or Enterprise group, owners and moderators can view a list of all members who left the group, members who were removed from the group, and members who were banned from the group:

  1. Display the member list.
  2. Click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page, select Past Members from the list, and click or tap Apply.

The resulting Past Members page lists all members who left the group (unsubscribed) and those who were removed or banned from the group by a moderator or owner.

In a past member’s row, you can click or tap the removal reason link in the History column to display that member’s record, where you can view their activity history, any moderator notes, and any messages that the member sent to the owner email address.

Related help topic

  1. Displaying the member list

Overview of bouncing

When group messages cannot be delivered by email to a group member for some reason, the nondelivery events are called bounces. Those events put that member’s Groups.io account into a bouncing state that affects all the groups the member belongs to with that account’s email address.

Groups.io tries to notify a bouncing member by sending them an email message that has the subject line “Your Groups.io Account is Bouncing.” Also, when a bouncing member logs in to the Groups.io website, a red banner at the top of the page informs them that their account is bouncing.

Note: When a Groups.io account is bouncing, the member can still log in to group websites and read and post messages there. Bouncing affects only email delivery; it does not affect the member’s ability to use group websites.

Checking recent email bounces

If you realize that you have not received any group email messages for a while, but you have not received an email notification that your account is bouncing, you can check your account to see whether group email messages are bouncing:

  1. Go to your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Bounces.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then tap Bounces on the More menu.
  3. Review the Bounces page to see whether any messages are listed there and, if so, what the associated error messages are.

Tip: You can also check your email delivery history in individual groups you subscribe to. See Checking your email delivery history for a group.

What to do if your account is bouncing

When your Groups.io account is bouncing, you can try to “unbounce” your account using any of these methods:

  • If you received a “Your Groups.io Account is Bouncing” email notification, click or tap the link in the email to unbounce your account.
  • Make sure you are not logged in to Groups.io, and go to the Groups.io Log In page. Click or tap the Email me a link to log in button, then click or tap the login link in the email you receive. 
  • Go to the Groups.io website (and log in if necessary). You will be directed to a web page with a red banner at the top stating that your account is bouncing. The page shows the most recent bounce messages and gives you the option to either change your email address or send an email (also known as a bounce probe) to the bouncing address with a link to unbounce it.

! Important: Group owners and moderators cannot do anything to unbounce their group members’ accounts. When your account is bouncing, you must address the underlying problem yourself, which might involve contacting your email service provider for assistance or investigation.

What to do if members in your group have bouncing accounts

From time to time, group owners or moderators might want to review their group’s member list to check whether any members are being reported as bouncing. 

! Important: Other than try to contact members and make them aware of their bouncing status, group owners and moderators cannot do anything to “unbounce” members’ accounts. Members must address the underlying problem themselves.

To check a group you own or moderate for bouncing members:

  1. Display the member list.
  2. In the list, review the Email column. Next to their email addresses, bouncing members have either a red B badge (“Bounced”—the system received no response to any bounce probes for 15 days) or a blue B badge (“Bouncing”—the system is sending bounce probes every 3 days).
    Tip: To see a list of only the members who are bouncing, click or tap the Filter button above the list, select the Bouncing checkbox in the filter list, then click or tap Apply at the bottom of the filter list. The page is refreshed and displays a list of only the bouncing members.
  3. Review the email delivery history of each bouncing member to try and determine the reason why the account is bouncing:
    • On the Members page, click or tap in the row (anywhere except the checkbox) of a bouncing member. The Membership page for that member appears.
    • Click or tap the Membership button at the top of the page, then select Email Delivery History from the dropdown list.
    • On the resulting page, review the Bounces panel. It lists all recent bounces and the reasons for them.
      Note: This panel displays activity from only your group. Because the account’s bouncing status could have resulted from failed deliveries of messages in another group the member belongs to, you might have to direct the member to look up their own bouncing activity to see what is going on. An individual member can find that information on the Bounces page for their account. See What to do if your account is bouncing.

Tip: In the Bounces panel on a member’s email delivery history page:

  • 400-level errors usually indicate a temporary condition, and the affected message could subsequently get delivered.
  • 500-level errors are considered permanent.

These resources on SMTP error codes provide information that you might find helpful:

About owners and moderators

Making a member an owner or moderator

Changing an owner or moderator back to a regular member

Group owner email messages

Groups can have multiple moderators and owners, and moderators can have different sets of permissions. (Owners have all permissions by default.) To be a group moderator or additional owner, the person must first be a member of the group.

Tip: It is good practice for a group to have at least one additional owner as a backup in case the primary owner ever becomes unavailable. In addition, if you are a group owner, you might want to have multiple moderators to assist you, depending on the size and activity level of your group.

Note: Moderators cannot change the roles or subscription settings of owners or remove owners from groups.

To make a group member an owner or moderator:

  1. Display the membership record of the member you want to make an owner or moderator.
  2. In the Role list, select the role you want to assign to that member, Moderator or Owner. When additional panels appear on the page, select the permissions and options you want to give to that person:

    • Note:
      • This panel appears only when the Moderator role is selected; owners have all permissions by default.
      • Regardless of their permission settings, moderators cannot change the roles or subscription settings of owners or remove owners from groups.

      The permissions you can select in the Moderator Permissions panel are:

      • Approve Pending Messages
      • Edit Archives
                This option also allows moderators to view poll results.
      • Invite Members
                This option does not appear in subgroups.
      • Add Members
                 This option appears only in subgroups.
      • Create or Modify Hashtags
      • Manage Subgroups
                This option does not appear in subgroups.
      • Add or Modify Integrations
      • Modify Group Settings
      • Manage Paid Subscriptions/Donations
      • Billing
      • View Member List
      • Approve Pending Members (also allows access to the member list)
      • Ban Members (also allows access to the member list)
      • Set Member Subscription Options (also allows access to the member list)
      • Set Moderator Privileges (also allows access to the member list and allows setting member subscription options)
      • Remove Members (also allows access to the member list)
    • For each item listed, you can select how the new owner or moderator should be notified about activity related to that item. The notification options are:

      • Email and web/app
      • Email only
      • Web/App only
      • None

      See Moderator notifications about group activity for more information.

    • Select an option for how the new moderator or owner will receive emails that are sent to the group’s owner email address (groupname+owner@groups.io):

      • All Emails
      • Members Only
      • None

      Be aware that all moderators and owners who have the All Emails setting or Members Only setting will receive email messages that are sent to the owner email address. If your group has several moderators, not all of them might need (or want) to receive owner emails. In that case, some of them could select the None option in their own subscription preferences. See Owner email setting.

  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

! Important: Moderators cannot change the roles of owners.

To change an owner or a moderator back to a regular member:

  1. Display the membership record of the owner or moderator whose role you want to change.
  2. In the Role list, select Member.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

Moderating topics, messages, and attachments

Handling pending messages

Merging topics

Splitting topics

Locking and unlocking topics

Editing the properties of topics in the archive

Editing the content of messages in the archive

Deleting individual messages

Deleting topics

Sending special notices

Group owner email messages

You control whether and how messages are moderated in your group using the group type and moderation settings. In your group’s message formatting settings, you can control whether attachments to messages are moderated (or allowed at all).

You can also moderate and unmoderate individual topics in your group separately from the overall group moderation settings. For more information, see Editing the properties of topics in the archive.

Another way to moderate and unmoderate topics is to use hashtags that have moderation properties.

Tip: Groups.io has a setting that allows groups to automatically moderate topics that are older than a specified number of days. You might consider using this setting so moderators can review any replies that are posted to outdated topics. See Automatically Moderate Topics Older Than [n] Days.

About pending messages

When a message that needs approval is posted to a group, owners and moderators who have chosen to receive pending message notifications receive an email or web/app notification (or both) that has a subject line starting with “Message Approval Needed.”

Note:

  • For email notifications, the owners’ and moderators’ group subscriptions must be set to receive emails sent to the owner address. See Making a member an owner or moderator.
  • Pending messages expire after 14 days. If no action is taken within that period, the message is deleted. The sender does not receive any notification.
    Exception: The 14-day timeout period does not apply to pending messages that have been claimed by a moderator on the group’s website.

Tip: You can visit your Pending home page to see all the messages that are currently pending in all the groups you own or moderate.

Approving, rejecting, or deleting pending messages by email

To approve a pending message by email: Reply to the “Message Approval Needed” email message without adding anything to it or clearing any text (if your email application is set up to include or quote messages you are replying to).

To reject a pending message by email: Forward the “Message Approval Needed” email message to the rejection link included in the message. The sender receives an automatic notification with a simple statement that the message was not approved by the moderators. To provide more feedback to senders, you can create a customized Rejected Message notice with additional information.

To delete a pending message by email: Forward the “Message Approval Needed” email message to the deletion link included in the message. The sender does not receive any notification that the message was deleted.

Note: If the pending message has been claimed by another moderator, you will receive an email delivery failure notification containing a statement that the pending message was claimed and including the claiming moderator’s display name.

Handling pending messages on the group’s website

Note: In groups that are fully moderated, or in groups where #xxx-notice system hashtags are moderated, notifications to be sent to the group (such as for file uploads, photo uploads, calendar invites, and so on) must be approved like any other messages. These notifications are listed on the Pending Messages page and are identified by a blue Notification badge.

Example:

Image of a notification on the Pending Messages page

Handling an individual pending message

  1. In the “Message Approval Needed” email message, click the View this message online link, which takes you to the Pending Messages page on the group’s website. Or, on the group’s website, select Admin > Pending (in a desktop browser) or More > Admin > Pending (on a mobile device) to display the Pending Messages page.
  2. On the Pending Messages page, click or tap the link in the row of the pending message you want to handle. The page with the individual message appears.
  3. Under the text of the message, click or tap the button for the action you want to take:
    • Approve the pending message.

    • Edit the pending message. Note: This action also claims the message.

    • Reject the pending message. You can include a personal message to the sender, or select a Rejected Message notice (if any exists in the group), or both.

    • Delete the pending message. This action does not send a notification to the sender.

Tip: From this page, you can also send a private message to the sender or ban the sender. Click or tap the down arrow next to their display name to display a dropdown menu, then select Send Message or Ban Sender, as applicable.

Handling multiple pending messages at the same time

  1. Desktop browser: Go to a group’s page and click Admin on the left menu, then select Pending.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > Pending on the More menu.
    Tip: A number to the right of “Pending” indicates the number of items that are pending approval. 
  2. On the Pending Messages page, select the checkboxes next to the rows of the pending messages for which you want to take the same actions.
  3. Click or tap the button for the action you want to apply to the selected pending messages:
    • Approve the selected pending messages.

    • Approve the selected pending messages and set their senders’ moderation status to Use Group Moderation Settings.

    • Edit the selected pending message.

      Note: 

      • This button is active for only one message at a time (that is, only one message is selected). You cannot edit more than one pending message at the same time.
      • Editing also claims the selected message.
    • Reject the selected pending messages. You can include a personal message to the senders, or select a Rejected Message notice (if any exist in the group), or both.

    • Delete the selected pending messages. This action does not send a notification to the senders.

Working with claimed pending messages

While an owner or moderator is editing a pending message, or if they edit a pending message and save it without approving (for example, to work on it later), that person effectively claims the pending message. Next to the message on the Pending Messages page, other moderators will see the Claimed by badge with the claiming moderator’s display name, along with the Moderator Edited badge. The Claimed by badge indicates to other moderators that someone is already handling that message.

Note: When someone saves an edited pending message using the Save button at the bottom of the edit page, an Undo button appears on the subject line the next time someone opens that message on the group’s website. Any moderator with the appropriate permissions can click or tap the Undo button to remove any edits that were made to the pending message and restore it to its original state.

Other moderators with the appropriate permissions can still take action on a claimed message on the group’s website. If a different moderator later edits the pending message and saves it (or uses the Undo button), that moderator becomes the claimer, and their name replaces the original name in the Claimed by badge. Another moderator can still take action on that pending message on the website, but in any confirmation popup that appears, that moderator will see “Warning: This message was claimed by [moderator’s display name]”.

If a pending message has been claimed and a different moderator tries to approve, reject, or delete that message by email, that moderator will receive a delivery failure notice containing a statement that the message was claimed and including the claiming moderator’s display name.

Groups.io provides the ability for group owners and moderators to merge separate topics together. For example, you might want to combine separate topics that were started about the same subject, or perhaps a member created a new topic by mistake instead of replying to an existing topic.

Note: Bear in mind that the messages have already been delivered as emails. Even when you merge topics in the message archive, if someone replies to an email that originated from one of the merged topics, a new topic will be created.

To merge topics:

  1. On the group’s website, view the messages in Topics view. See Viewing topics and messages on group websites.
    Tip: You can use the Search button to search for topics. Then, in the search results, click or tap the Tools button and select the Collapse Topics checkbox. The list now shows the topics and the number of messages in each one.
  2. Navigate to one of the topics that you want to merge into the original topic. (Do not open the topic. Stay on the Topics page.)
  3. Click or tap the arrow button next to the posting date to display a menu, and select Start Merge (). The page is refreshed, and that topic has a vertical blue line to the left of it.

    Image of the Start Merge option on the menu

  4. Go to the original topic you want to merge the selected topic into.
  5. Click or tap the arrow button next to the posting date, and select Merge Into from the menu ().

    Image of the Merge Into option on the menu

  6. When the Verify Merge confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes. The first topic you selected is merged into the original topic.
  7. Repeat steps 2 through 6 for any other topics you want to merge into the original topic.

Tip: If the original topic is still active, consider putting it on moderation so you or other moderators can edit the subject lines of incoming messages before they are posted to the archive (because messages might be replies originating from the “stray” topic that was merged into the original, and the subject lines might be different). You can also consider locking the topic if you do not want members posting more messages to it.

Groups.io provides the ability for group owners and moderators to split a topic into two separate topics. For example, if replies have gotten off track from the subject of the original topic, you might want to move those replies into a separate topic of their own (or merge them into a more appropriate existing topic).

Note: You cannot split the first message displayed on a page. If you are sorting messages by newest first (Date column), that view prevents you from splitting the most recent message. Click or tap the Date column header to sort the view again and move the message to the bottom of the page, where you can then split it.

To split a topic:

  1. On the group’s website, view the messages in Topics view. See Viewing topics and messages on group websites.
    Tip: You can use the Search button to search for topics. Then, in the search results, click or tap the Tools button and select the Collapse Topics checkbox. The list now shows the topics and the number of messages in each one.
  2. Navigate to the topic that you want to split, and expand it to display the messages in that topic.
  3. Go to the message in that topic that you want to use as the start of the new (split) topic. The messages that follow it will be included in the split topic.
  4. In that message, click or tap the More icon at the lower right.
  5. On the menu, select Split.

    Image of the Split option on the menu

  6. In the Split Topic popup that appears, enter a subject line for the new topic, then click or tap the Split Topic button. That message is moved into a new topic, along with any messages that were posted after it.
    Note: The new topic will have the same properties as the topic it was split off from.

Tip: If the topics are still active, consider putting them on moderation so you (or other moderators) can edit the subject lines of incoming messages before they are posted to the archive, to ensure that the messages end up in the correct topic. You can also consider locking the topics if you do not want members posting more messages to them.

If a topic has run its course (or if it has grown contentious and nothing further can be gained by keeping it going), but you want to keep it available in the message archive, you can prevent further replies from being posted to that topic by locking it. If desired, when you lock the topic, you can send a Locked Topic notice to inform members that the topic is now locked. 

Members who send email replies to a locked topic receive an automatic delivery failure notice stating that the topic is locked. 

You can lock or unlock topics through their properties. For more information, see Editing the properties of topics in the archive.

Other ways to lock topics are:

  • Use hashtags that have locking properties.
  • When you are creating a new topic or replying to an existing topic on the group website, select the Lock Topic After Posting checkbox before you click or tap the Send button. (This checkbox appears only for group owners and moderators who have the Edit Archives permission.)

Tip: Groups.io has a setting that allows groups to automatically lock topics that are older than a specified number of days. You might consider using this setting to prevent members from posting replies to outdated topics. See Automatically Lock Topics Older Than [n] Days.

Owners, and moderators with the appropriate permissions, can edit the properties of topics that have already been posted to the archive on the group’s website. The changes they can make are:

  • Edit the subject line of the topic.
  • Add hashtags to or remove hashtags from the topic.
  • Moderate or unmoderate the topic.
  • Lock or unlock the topic.
  • Make the topic sticky or unsticky. (Sticky topics are pinned to the top of the Topics page in the message archive.)
  • Change the Reply To setting for that topic.
    Note: If you change it to Reply to topic followers only, the system automatically sets up follow topic records for the person who started the topic as well as everyone who replied to it. Those people then will see an Unfollow Topic link in the footer of subsequent email messages in that topic.

You can use any of these methods to edit the properties of topics in the archive:

  • In Topics view or Messages view, click or tap the down arrow button next to the posting date, and select the desired option from the menu that appears.
    Note:
    • The menu contains more options in Topics view than it does in Messages view.
    • If you select Lock Topic from the menu and your group has an active Locked Topic notice set up, that notice is sent to the group automatically.
  • Open the topic on the website. Then click or tap the More icon at the lower right and select the desired option from the menu that appears.
    Note:
    • You cannot edit the subject line or change the Reply To setting from that menu. But you can make those changes by selecting Topic Properties from the menu.
    • If you select Lock Topic from the menu and your group has an active Locked Topic notice set up, that notice is sent to the group automatically.
  • Open the topic on the website. Then click or tap the Topic Properties button at the top of the page, or click or tap the More icon at the lower right under the message and select Topic Properties. On the page that appears, you can change any of the properties listed above (you can also delete the topic). Click or tap the Update button when you are done.
    Note: When you select the Locked checkbox on the Topic Properties page, a dropdown list appears from which you can select a Locked Topic notice that will be sent to the group after you update the topic’s properties.

 

Instructions for group members

A group’s owner might allow members to make changes to the content of their own messages in the message archive (that is, after the messages have been posted to the group).

Group members who are not owners or moderators can edit only messages that they have posted.

! Important: In this situation, edited messages are emailed to all group members automatically. Think carefully about whether you really need to flood other members’ email inboxes with minor corrections such as fixed typos.

To edit the content of a message that you posted:

  1. On the group’s website, locate and open the message you want to edit.
  2. Click or tap More at the lower right of the message and select Edit Message from the popup menu.
  3. On the Edit Message page, make your changes. In addition, it is good practice to include a short note that explains your edits. Enter the note in the text box under the body of the message. That note will be included in the updated message that is sent to the group.
    Note: You cannot change the subject line because it appears in all messages that are in that topic. Only group owners and moderators with the appropriate permissions can change a topic’s subject line.
  4. Click or tap the Save And Send To Group button. The edited message is sent to all group members.

In the archive, a blue Edited badge appears next to the message, at the far right under the original timestamp. All group members can click or tap that badge to see the message’s history and, if desired, compare revisions.

Instructions for group owners and moderators

Owners, and moderators with the appropriate permissions, can edit the content of all messages that are in the message archive on the group’s website.

Note: 

  • To edit messages before they are delivered by email and posted to the archive, you need to use some form of moderation on members or messages.
  • To change a topic’s subject line or hashtags, you need to edit the topic’s properties. See Editing the properties of topics in the archive. 

To edit the content of a message that has already been posted to the group:

  1. On the group’s website, locate and open the message you want to edit.
  2. Click or tap More at the lower right and select Edit Message from the popup menu.
  3. On the Edit Message page that appears:
    • Make your edits to the body of the message.
    • In the text box after the message body, add a brief note about the change.
      Note: This note is optional but recommended so the reason for the change is documented. The note appears in the edited message if you choose to send it to the group by email. The note also can be viewed by members who click or tap the blue Edited badge that appears next to edited messages on the group's website.
  4. Click or tap the appropriate button:
    • Save and Send to Group: Use this button if you want to send the edited message to the group by email. The message will include a statement that the message was edited along with the note you entered.
    • Save Without Sending: Use this button if you want to just save the edited message in the archive without emailing it to all group members. A copy will be sent to the original poster.

The message is sent or saved, according to the action that you took. In the archive, a blue Edited badge appears next to the message, at the far right under the original timestamp. All group members can click or tap that badge to see the message’s history and, if desired, compare revisions.

Group members can delete their own messages in the archive. Group owners and moderators with the appropriate permissions can delete any messages in the archive.

To delete an individual message within a topic (not the entire topic):

  1. On the group’s website, display the message you want to delete.
  2. Click or tap More under the message at the lower right.
  3. Select Delete Message from the submenu that appears.
  4. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

Note: Members who received the message by email will still have a copy (unless they deleted it from their email applications).

Related help topic

  1. Deleting topics

To delete a topic from the Topics page:

  1. In the group, display messages in Topics view and locate the topic you want to delete.
  2. Click or tap the down arrow next to the topic’s posting date and select Delete Topic from the menu that appears.
  3. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

To delete a topic that is open on the website:

  1. While you are viewing the topic, click or tap the Topic Properties button at the top of the page. Or you can click or tap the More icon under the message at the lower right and select Topic Properties from the popup menu.
  2. On the page that appears, click or tap the Delete Topic button at the bottom.
  3. In the Verify Delete confirmation popup, click or tap Yes.

A special notice can be sent only from the group's website in a desktop or mobile browser or from the Groups.io mobile app. Special notices cannot be sent by email because there is no way to designate an email message as a Groups.io special notice.

To send a special notice: 

  1. Desktop browser: Go to the group’s website and select New Topic in the left menu.
    Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the New Topic icon at the bottom of the page.
  2. On the New topic page, select the Send this message as a special notice checkbox under the message box.
  3. Compose and format the message as desired.
  4. Click or tap the Send button at the bottom of the page.

In the emailed message, a “[Special]” tag is added to the subject line in front of the group-specific subject tag.

Note: Group members who have set their subscription to No Email will not receive special notices.

About the group owner email address

Each group in Groups.io has an owner email address, which is in this form: groupname+owner@groups.io

Example: GroupManagersForum+owner@groups.io

The owner email address and other group email addresses are listed on the group’s home page.

Messages that are sent to the owner email address include automatic notices about pending group members and pending messages that need approval.

Owners and moderators have subscription options to control whether they receive messages that are sent to the owner email address. Owners can set these options for moderators and other owners that they add to the group, but moderators and other owners can change their individual subscription options (see Owner email setting).

Receiving and viewing messages sent to the owner email address

Email messages sent to the group owner email address are delivered to the email addresses that owners, and moderators who receive owner emails, use to log in to the group.

On the group’s website, you can use any of these methods to view messages that were sent to the owner email address:

  • Go to the group’s activity log. In the Actions list on the Activity page, scroll down to and select Message to +owner. Then click or tap Search to display a list of messages that have been sent to the owner email address.
  • Display a member’s record. Click or tap the +owner Messages button to list any messages that member has sent to the owner email address.

Sending messages from the owner email address

If you want to send a message to a member (or members) that comes from the group owner email address rather than from your personal email address, you can do so from the group's website:

  1. Display the member list and select the checkbox in the row of the member you want to send the message to. You can select more than one member.
  2. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Actions button, then select Send Message. The Post to Member page appears.
  3. Above the Subject field, click or tap your profile name and select Send from group owner address from the dropdown list.
  4. Use one of these methods to compose the message:
    • Complete the Subject field, and enter the body of the message. 
    • If your group has a Message to Member notice set up (or more than one), use the Notices list under the message box to select the Message To Member notice you want to send. The notice’s subject is added to the Subject field, and the content of the notice is added to the message body. You can customize the subject and the message body for this one-time use if desired. Any customizations will not be saved to the notice.
  5. If you want to send a blind copy of the message to your personal email address or to the other moderators (or both), select the applicable checkbox.
  6. Click or tap the Send to Member button. (It is labeled Send to Members if you are sending the message to more than one member.) You return to the group’s home page, where a banner states that the message has been sent.

Note:

  • Messages sent this way will have the group’s message footer.
  • Be aware that any replies a member sends will go to all owners and moderators who receive messages that are sent to the owner email address.
  • You can send messages from the owner address only from the group’s website, not through email.

Replying from the owner email address

If you want to reply to an existing message from the owner email address rather than from your personal email address, you can do so from the group’s website. When you are replying to a message on the website, click or tap your profile name above the To field and select Send from group owner address from the dropdown list.

Note: You can reply from the owner email address only from the group’s website, not through email. Also, replies sent from the owner address will have the group’s message footer.

Hashtag uses and notes

Creating a hashtag

Editing a hashtag

Deleting a hashtag

Applying hashtags to existing topics

Controlling the use and creation of hashtags

About hashtags

A hashtag is a word or phrase that contains no spaces and is prefixed with the hash character, # (also referred to as pound sign, number sign, or octothorpe). If the group’s settings allow members to add hashtags, you can “tag” a message with a hashtag by including it somewhere in the message’s subject line.

Examples:

  • My name is Inigo Montoya #intro
  • Seeking #advice for a #rosebush with blackened leaves

Hashtag uses

Hashtags have several uses within Groups.io, including controlling certain behaviors of topics and messages. Moderators can apply various settings to hashtags, and those settings are then applied to topics that are tagged with those hashtags.

Group members can use hashtags for:

  • On the group’s website, you can search on hashtags to easily find all messages tagged with them. See Searching by hashtags. 

    Example: If a group uses a hashtag called #intro for new member introductions, clicking or tapping on #intro in the hashtag list on the group’s website displays a list of all messages in which new group members have introduced themselves. 

  • You can stop receiving email messages in topics that are tagged with a particular hashtag. See Muting topics or hashtags. 

    Note: If a moderator has set a hashtag to Special (meaning messages with that hashtag are sent as special notices), you cannot mute that hashtag because special notices cannot be muted. 

  • If you have selected “Following Only” on the Advanced Preferences panel of your Subscription page for the group, you can follow (that is, receive messages posted in) topics that are tagged with a particular hashtag. See Following topics or hashtags. 

  • If you have enabled web/app notifications in your Groups.io account, you can turn on web/app notifications for individual hashtags:

    1. Display the group’s Hashtags page.
    2. Locate the hashtag you want to receive notifications for and click or tap Mute/Notify.
      Note: The button or link is labeled Follow/Notify, instead of Mute/Notify, if you have selected “Following Only” on the Advanced Preferences panel of your Subscription page for the group.
    3. On the resulting page, in the Notifications panel, select the Web/App Notify checkbox.
    4. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page. 

Owners and moderators can also use hashtags for:

  • If a hashtag’s Topic Duration is set, topics tagged with it will be deleted (or, if specified, locked) after that period of time. This feature can be useful when a topic will be obsolete after a certain amount of time—for example, topics about items for sale.

  • When a hashtag is set to Special, all messages tagged with it, including the original message in the topic and all replies from owners/moderators, are sent as special notices.

    Note: Hashtags set to Special cannot be muted. Also, only moderators and owners can send special notices. If a regular member replies to a special notice, their message is sent as a normal message. 

  • When a hashtag is set to No Email, all messages tagged with it are posted to the group’s website but not sent out as email messages.

  • When a hashtag is set to Moderated, messages sent to topics that are tagged with it require approval by a moderator.

  • When a hashtag is set to Replies Unmoderated, replies to topics that are tagged with it will be unmoderated, even if members who reply are moderated or the group itself is moderated.

  • When a hashtag is set to Locked, new topics that are tagged with it are locked immediately after the initial message that creates the topic is posted.

  • A hashtag with a Reply To setting other than Same as Group overrides the group’s Reply To setting.

Hashtag notes

  • The hashtag limit is five per topic. (The system allows message subject lines to contain more than five hashtags, but only the first five hashtags are saved in the message archive.)
  • The system treats uppercase and lowercase letters as the same and will not let anyone create the same hashtag with different capitalization. For example, if you create a #Question hashtag, the system will not allow you to then create a separate #question hashtag. After the #Question hashtag is created, if a message is sent with a hashtag of #question in the subject line, the system will change that hashtag to #Question before posting the message.
  • Hashtags can contain numerals along with other characters, but they cannot consist of only numerals.

Note: If the group’s Hashtag Permissions setting is “Messages can be tagged with new hashtags,” then group members who are not moderators can also create hashtags.

To create a hashtag:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Hashtags.
    Mobile device: In the group, tap the More icon at the bottom of a page, then, on the More menu, tap Hashtags.
  2. On the Hashtags page, click or tap the New  Hashtag button at the top. 
  3. On the Create Hashtags page, complete the fields and selections:
    • Enter a name for the hashtag. Make sure that you do not delete the # character at the beginning. Do not include any spaces in the hashtag name.

      Note:

      • Hashtags can contain numerals along with other characters, but they cannot consist of only numerals.
      • The system treats uppercase and lowercase letters as the same and will not let anyone create the same hashtag with different capitalization. For example, if you create a #Question hashtag, the system will not allow you to then create a separate #question hashtag. After the #Question hashtag is created, if a message is sent with a hashtag of #question in the subject line, the system will change that hashtag to #Question before posting the message.
    • When you select an existing hashtag from the Alias list, topics currently with that hashtag will be retagged with the hashtag you are creating.

      Aliases are useful when, for example, the group has more than one hashtag that is similar (such as a singular version and a plural version), or an existing hashtag is misspelled, and you want to consolidate topics under one version of the hashtag. New messages that are posted with the alias will have the hashtag you are creating.

      Note: When you select an alias, the page is refreshed and the other hashtag settings disappear because the alias will point to the hashtag you are creating and, therefore, will have that hashtag’s settings. The alias cannot have its own settings.

    • If desired, enter a brief description of the hashtag. This description will appear in these places:

      • On the Hashtags page
      • In the list displayed by the Hashtags button
      • In the Add Tags list on the New Topic page
    • If desired, enter text that will be included in the footer of email messages with this hashtag. For example, you could include additional guidance for members responding to emails that have this hashtag.

      In individual email messages, the hashtag footer will appear at the top of the message footer, above the “Groups.io links” line.

      In digests, the hashtag footer will appear after the body of the tagged message.

    • If you want to delete or lock topics with this hashtag after a specific period of time, select the applicable period from the list.

    • Select this checkbox to lock topics, rather than delete them, after the time period you selected under Topic Duration.

    • If desired, click or tap the color box and select a different color to associate with the hashtag. The hashtag will be displayed in this color in the message archive

      You can use colors to categorize hashtags, to help distinguish them visually on the group’s website.

    • Select this checkbox if you do not want messages with this hashtag to be emailed to group members. The messages will be posted only in the archive on the group’s website.

    • Select this checkbox if you want messages with this hashtag to be sent to group members as special notices.

    • Select this checkbox if you want messages with this hashtag to be moderated. 

    • Select this checkbox if you do not want to moderate replies to messages that have this hashtag.

    • Select this checkbox to lock topics that are created with this hashtag. New topics with this hashtag will be locked immediately after the initial message—the one that creates the topic—is posted.

    • If you want to apply a Reply To setting to this hashtag that is different from the group’s Reply To setting, select that setting from the list. This hashtag setting will override the group setting. 

      Note:

      • If you select Reply to topic followers only, the system automatically sets up follow topic records for those who start new topics with this hashtag as well as everyone who replies to those topics. Those people will see an Unfollow #hashtagname link in the footer of email messages in those topics.
      • If you select Reply Only To Sender, all responses will go privately to the sender and not to the group. This setting overrides the group setting Remove Other Reply Options in a group that is set to Reply to Sender.
        Note: If a group member replying by email uses the “reply to all” option in their email application, their reply will be addressed to the group in addition to the individual sender; however, when the reply is sent, it will be blocked from the group. The person replying will receive a delivery failure notification that their message to the group address was blocked, and the notification message will include this statement: “Replies to this topic must be sent to the sender, not the group.” The individual sender will still receive the reply.
    • Select this checkbox if you want this hashtag to be used only by moderators. This feature is useful for sending administrative notices, for example. Hashtags with this setting will appear in the Add Tags list only when a moderator is creating the topic.

    • This checkbox appears after you select Use by Mods Only. Select the Replies by Mods Only checkbox if you want only moderators to be able to reply to topics that have this hashtag.

  4. At the bottom of the page, click or tap the Create Hashtag button.

Note: If the group’s Hashtag Permissions setting is “Messages can be tagged with new hashtags,” group members who are not moderators can also create hashtags. However, those members cannot later edit any hashtags they created because the system does not track who creates a hashtag. If members want to edit hashtags that they created, they will need to ask an owner or moderator to make the edits.

To edit a hashtag:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Hashtags.
    Mobile device: In the group, tap the More icon at the bottom of a page, then, on the More menu, tap Hashtags.
  2. On the Hashtags page, locate the tag you want to modify and click or tap the Edit Tag button.
  3. On the hashtag’s page, change the desired fields and selections. For descriptions, see Creating a hashtag.
  4. At the bottom of the page, click or tap the Update Hashtag button. The changes are applied to all topics that are tagged with the hashtag you modified.

Note: If the group’s Hashtag Permissions setting is “Messages can be tagged with new hashtags,” group members who are not moderators can also create hashtags. However, those members cannot later delete any hashtags they created because the system does not track who creates a hashtag. If members want to delete hashtags that they created, they will need to ask an owner or moderator to make the deletion.

To delete a hashtag:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Hashtags.
    Mobile device: In the group, tap the More icon at the bottom of a page, then, on the More menu, tap Hashtags.
  2. On the Hashtags page, locate the tag you want to delete and click or tap the Edit Tag button.
  3. At the bottom of the hashtag’s page, click or tap the Delete button. (In a desktop browser, the button is at the far right.)
  4. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes. The hashtag is deleted from the group and removed from all topics that were tagged with it.
    Note: Any aliases that pointed to the hashtag are deleted as well.

To apply hashtags to existing topics in the group’s archive:

  1. Find and display the topic you want to tag.
  2. At the top of the first message in the topic, click or tap the Topic Properties button. A page with the topic’s properties appears.
  3. Under the Subject field, from the Add Tags list, select the hashtag you want to apply.
  4. Repeat step 3 for any additional hashtags you want to apply, up to the limit of five.
  5. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page. The hashtags are applied to the topic.

Owners (and moderators with the applicable permissions) can control the use and creation of hashtags through various means:

  • Group hashtag settings are in the Message Policies panel on the group’s settings page. These settings are:

    • Hashtags Required: Specifies whether messages must have at least one hashtag.
    • Hashtag Permissions: Controls whether group members can create new hashtags by adding them to message subject lines.
  • The setting that allows moderators to create and modify hashtags is Create or Modify Hashtags, which is in the Moderator Permissions panel on a moderator’s member page. See Making a member an owner or moderator

  • When you create a hashtag, you can specify whether it can be used only by moderators by selecting the Use by Mods Only setting. When you select this setting, you can select an additional setting, Replies by Mods Only, so that only moderators can reply to messages that have that hashtag.

Displaying the activity log

Reviewing group activity

Groups.io records all activity that occurs in the group in an activity log. Group owners and moderators can use the activity log to review various types of group activity, research email delivery errors, and so on.

To display the activity log:

  • Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > Activity.
  • Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page, then select Admin > Activity on the More menu.

The resulting Activity page lists all actions that have occurred in your group to date. You can refine the list of actions using these methods: 

  • In the actions list at the top of the page, select a specific action.
    Note: You can refine the results of the actions list selection by also entering a keyword in the Search field or selecting a date range by clicking or tapping the Any Time button.
  • Click or tap the All Activity button at the top of the page and then select a category to display the actions pertaining to that category:
    • Message Activity
    • Member Activity
    • Moderator Activity
    • Payment Activity

Message activity

On the Activity page, click or tap the All Activity button, then select Message Activity to display a list of the message-related actions that have occurred in the group. This button also filters the actions list so it includes only the actions that are related to message activity.

Member activity

On the Activity page, click or tap the All Activity button, then select Member Activity to display a list of the member-related actions that have occurred in the group. This button also filters the actions list so it includes only the actions that are related to member activity.

Moderator activity

On the Activity page, click or tap the All Activity button, then select Moderator Activity to display a list of actions that owners and moderators have taken in the group. This button filters the actions list so it includes only the actions that are related to owner and moderator activity.

Payment activity

On the Activity page, click or tap the All Activity button, then select Payment Activity to display a list of actions that have occurred in the group related to sponsorships or donation requests (if they are enabled for the group). This button also filters the actions list so it includes only the actions that are related to sponsorships and donation requests.

Calendar activity

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

The Activity page does not contain a specific button that displays only calendar-related actions. But from the actions list, you can select the items that start with “Calendar” to see activity related to your group’s calendar.

Database activity

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

The Activity page does not contain a specific button that displays only database-related actions. But from the actions list, you can select the items that start with “Database” to see activity related to your group’s database tables.

File activity

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

The Activity page does not contain a specific button that displays only file-related actions. But from the actions list, you can select the items that start with “File” to see activity related to your group’s Files section.

Photo activity

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

The Activity page does not contain a specific button that displays only photo-related actions. But from the actions list, you can select the items that start with “File” to see activity related to your group’s Photos section.

Wiki activity

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

The Activity page does not contain a specific button that displays only wiki-related actions. But from the actions list, you can select the items that start with “Wiki” to see activity related to your group’s wiki.

Tip: For additional information and advice on monitoring activity in your group’s wiki, see the Monitoring Wiki Activity page in the GroupManagersForum group.

Moderator notifications about group activity

Enabling or disabling web/app notifications

Group owners and moderators can control which notifications they receive about activity in their group and the method by which they receive those notifications.

The activities that generate moderator notifications are:

  • In all groups:
    • A pending member needs approval.
    • A pending message needs approval.
    • A member joined or left the group.
    • A member changed their email address or display name.
    • The group’s storage limit was reached.
    • An objectionable message was reported.
  • In Premium or Enterprise groups, or in legacy Free groups created before August 24, 2020:
    • An objectionable file or photo was reported.
    • A chat was created or modified.
    • A photo or photo album was uploaded, modified, moved, or deleted.
    • A file or folder was uploaded, modified, moved, or deleted.
    • A wiki page was created or modified.
    • A database was created or modified.
  • In Premium or Enterprise groups, or in legacy Free groups created before January 15, 2020:
    • A subgroup was created or deleted.

You can control the moderator notifications you receive about specific activities in the group in the Moderator notification settings on your Subscription page.

Note:

  • To receive web/app notifications, you must enable them in your Groups.io account. For more information, see Enabling or disabling web/app notifications.
  • Email notifications sent to moderators as a result of their Moderator Notifications settings do not include system hashtags.
  • With email notifications, a delay of 4 to 8 minutes occurs between when the action is taken and when the corresponding email notification is delivered. This delay allows the system to combine multiple actions (of the same type) that occur within a short period of time into a single notification, which prevents a barrage of individual email notifications. Web/app notifications are always sent individually; they are not delayed or combined.
  • If you are the one who performs an activity that you have chosen to be notified about, you will not receive a web/app notification or email notification for it.
    Exceptions:
    • If an unauthorized (spam) unsubscription occurs, you will receive a web/app notification if you were unsubscribed as a result.
    • You will receive a web/app notification about reaching the group’s storage limit even if your upload or post was the one that caused the limit to be reached.

About web/app notifications

In your Groups.io account, you can enable web/app notifications about group activity on your mobile device and desktop web browser. A web/app notification is an automated alert message about displayed by a website or mobile app outside of the web browser or app user interface (even when the website or app is not open). The location and style of these notifications depend on the device’s operating system and the browser.

In Groups.io, members who are not group owners or moderators can opt to receive web/app notifications on their mobile or desktop device when:

  • New messages are posted to a group
  • New messages are posted to a chat they are participating in
  • Messages that contain specific hashtags are posted to a group

Group owners and moderators have additional options for controlling the web/app notifications (and email notifications) they receive about group activity. See Moderator notifications about group activity. 

Enabling web/app notifications

Before you can receive any web/app notifications, you must enable them in your Groups.io account. Follow these steps on each device and in each browser where you want to see the notifications:

  1. ! Important: Ensure that the browser or app allows notifications from Groups.io. The instructions depend on your specific browser and device. See your browser’s or device’s settings and help information.
    Note: If private browsing mode is enabled in your browser, push notifications might not work. In that situation, you must disable private browsing to receive web/app notifications.
  2. Display your account settings.
  3. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Notifications.
    Mobile device: Tap the Notifications icon at the bottom of the page.
  4. On the Notifications page, click or tap the Enable Notifications button (the full label varies depending on whether you are using a mobile device). If a popup appears asking you to confirm that you want to allow Groups.io to show notifications, click or tap the option that allows notifications. The Notifications page then lists the device (operating system) and browser for which you enabled notifications.
  5. If desired, click or tap the Send A Test Notification button to check that Groups.io notifications appear in the browser or on the mobile device.

The steps above enable web/app notifications from all your Groups.io groups. To control the web/app notifications that you see from an individual group, see Member notification settings and also Hashtag uses and notes (for notifications about messages tagged with specific hashtags).

Disabling web/app notifications

To disable web/app notifications from all your groups:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Notifications.
    Mobile device: Tap the Notifications icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. On the Notifications page, click or tap the Disable Notifications In button (the full label varies depending on whether you are using a mobile device). Or, if you want to disable notifications on all your devices, click or tap the Disable Notifications on All Devices button.
  4. When the Verify Disable Notifications popup appears, click or tap Yes.

Viewing a group's storage limit and current space usage

Managing a group's storage space

Deleting message attachments manually

Allotted storage space by plan type

Items that count towards the storage limit

Items that do not count towards the storage limit

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, click Admin to display the submenu.
    Mobile browser: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin on the More menu.
  2. On the Admin submenu, select the applicable entry. If your group is a:
    • Free group: Select Upgrade.
    • Premium or Enterprise group (or parent group if it has subgroups): Select Billing.
    • Subgroup: Select Usage.

    Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Upgrade, Billing, and Usage entries are not available due to the rules imposed by the Apple App Store and Google Play. Therefore, on a mobile device, you must use a browser, not the app, to see those entries.

The resulting Billing page shows your plan, its storage limit, and the amount of storage space your group is currently using. For a subgroup, the Usage page shows the subgroup’s storage limit and current usage. Each subgroup has the same amount of allotted storage space as its parent group. 

Tip: You can also view your group’s current space usage by entering this URL in your browser (substituting your group’s name for groupname): https://groups.io/g/groupname/usage

When a group reaches 80% of its storage limit, Groups.io sends a warning notification to the group owner and to moderators who have opted to receive email notifications when the storage limit is reached.

You can configure your group to either bounce messages with attachments when the storage limit is reached or automatically delete old attachments to keep the group under the storage limit. See the Storage Limit Reached setting.

Note: Photos and files are never automatically deleted.

Other settings that you can use to help manage your group’s storage space are:

In addition to using the Storage Limit Reached setting to handle attachments automatically, you can delete attachments manually to free up space in the group:

  1. In a desktop or mobile browser, display your group’s Billing page (or subgroup's Usage page). See Viewing a group's storage limit and current space usage.
    Restriction: On a mobile device, you must use a browser to see the Billing page (or subgroup's Usage page). The page is not available Groups.io mobile app due to the rules imposed by the Apple App Store and Google Play.
  2. In the Billing Overview panel on the page (or the Usage page in a subgroup), click or tap the View Attachments link.
  3. On the Attachments page, click or tap the link of a message with an attachment or attachments that you want to delete.
  4. When the message is displayed on its own page, click or tap the More icon at the lower right and select Edit Message from the popup menu.
  5. At the bottom of the Edit Message page, select the checkboxes for the attachments you want to delete.
  6. Click or tap the Save Without Sending button so a notification about the edit is not sent to the entire group. (However, the original poster of the message will receive a notification.)
    ! Important: Do not click or tap the Delete button unless you want to delete the entire message.
  7. Repeat these steps for any more attachments you want to delete.

Groups.io plans are allotted these amounts of storage space:

  • Free plans: 1GB
  • Premium plans: 30GB
  • Enterprise plans: 1TB

Note: In groups that have subgroups, each subgroup has the same amount of allotted storage space as its parent group.

These items are counted towards a group’s storage limit:

  • Files
  • Photos
  • Images in databases
  • Images on wiki pages
  • Message attachments
    Note: The contents of messages (message bodies) are not counted towards the storage limit. Only attachments are counted.

These items are not counted towards a group’s storage limit:

  • Message contents (message bodies)
  • Wiki pages
  • Database tables
  • Chats
  • Polls

About integrations with outside services

Email integrations

Feed integrations

GitHub integrations

Trello integrations

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Premium and Enterprise groups, as well as legacy Free groups, can use an Integrations feature of Groups.io that allows you to connect your group with outside services. Group integrations allow outside content to be sent automatically to your group. These integrations are configured by owners and moderators and are not controlled by group members.

Group integrations can be moderated, which means that any integration messages must be approved before they are sent to the group.

Note:

  • In a group that has subgroups, the subgroups can have their own integrations independent of any integrations that the main (parent) group has.
  • Legacy Free groups are limited to a maximum of five integrations. Premium and Enterprise groups can have an unlimited number of integrations.
  • If you create a Premium trial group, add integrations, and then decide not to continue with a paid Premium group after the trial period ends, the integrations will be disabled.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About email integrations

Email integrations allow you to create email addresses that you can use outside of Groups.io to send messages to your group.

Use case example: Suppose a web service has a function to email notifications about a subject that would be of interest to your group, and you would like those notifications to be posted to the group. Instead of providing the group email address to that service, which would require you to allow nonmembers to post to your group, you can add an email integration that creates a unique email address to be used by that particular service and then provide that email address to the service.

Adding an email integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Email Integration panel, click or tap the Email Integrations button. The Add Email Integration page appears.
  3. Complete the Add Email Integration page:
    • Name: Enter a name that identifies the email address.
    • Hashtags: Enter any hashtags that you want to apply to the subject lines of email messages that are sent to this address (those messages will be posted to the group). An #email hashtag is provided by default. You can enter up to four additional hashtags.
    • Moderate: Select this checkbox if you want to moderate email messages that are sent to this address (those messages will be posted to the group).
  4. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io generates a unique email address with the name you specified at the beginning of it and adds that email address to the Your Email Addresses list on the Integrations page.

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Email Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Email Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Email Addresses.
  3. Click or tap the Add an Email Address button to display the Add Email Integration page.
  4. Complete the Add Email Integration page:
    • Name: Enter a name that identifies the email address.
    • Hashtags: Enter any hashtags that you want to apply to the subject lines of email messages that are sent to this address (those messages will be posted to the group). An #email hashtag is provided by default. You can enter up to four additional hashtags.
    • Moderate: Select this checkbox if you want to moderate email messages that are sent to this address (those messages will be posted to the group).
  5. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io generates a unique email address with the name you specified at the beginning of it and adds that email address to the Your Email Addresses list on the Integrations page.

You can provide the generated email address to the outside service. Email messages that are sent to that address will be posted to the group.

Caution: Anyone who has the generated email address will be able to post messages to the group using that address.

Modifying an email integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Email Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Email Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Email Addresses.
  3. Click or tap the link in the Name column for the email integration you want to modify. The Update Email Integration page appears.
  4. As desired, modify the elements of the email integration.
  5. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io updates the email integration and returns to the Integrations page.

Deleting an email integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Email Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Email Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Email Addresses.
  3. Select the checkbox for the email integration you want to delete. You can select more than one if you want to delete multiple email integrations.
  4. Click or tap the Delete Email Addresses button at the bottom of the page.
  5. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes. The email integration is removed from the Integrations page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About feed integrations

Feed integrations allow you to post items from RSS feeds to your group. For example, if a blog is associated with your group, you can add a feed integration to have new blog posts sent to your group automatically.

Note:

  • Groups.io polls RSS feeds every 30 minutes, at 5 minutes after and 35 minutes after the hour.
  • You can add RSS feeds from other Groups.io groups if those groups have public archives. In such a group, the RSS feed link is in the Group Information section on the group’s home page.

Adding a feed integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Feed Integration panel, click or tap the Feed Subscription button. The Add Feed Integration page appears.
  3. Complete the Add Feed Integration page:
    • Feed URL: Enter the URL of the RSS feed.
    • Hashtags: Enter any hashtags (up to five) that you want to apply to the subject lines of the feed posts that are emailed to the group. A #feed hashtag is provided by default.
    • Moderate: Select this checkbox if you want to moderate the feed posts that are emailed to the group.
  4. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io verifies the feed and adds it to the Your Feeds page.

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Feed Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Feed Subscriptions button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Feeds.
  3. Click or tap the Add a Feed button to display the Add Feed Integration page.
  4. Complete the Add Feed Integration page:
    • Feed URL: Enter the URL of the RSS feed.
    • Hashtags: Enter any hashtags (up to five) that you want to apply to the subject lines of the feed posts that are emailed to the group. A #feed hashtag is provided by default.
    • Moderate: Select this checkbox if you want to moderate the feed posts that are emailed to the group.
  5. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io verifies the feed and adds it to the Your Feeds page.

Note: When you add the RSS feed of a Groups.io group that has a public archive, the group’s title is listed on the Your Feeds page. If the group has not specified a title, the group’s URL is listed. You can change that title by modifying the feed's integration (see below).

Modifying a feed integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Feed Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Feed Subscriptions button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Feeds.
  3. Click or tap the link in the Title column for the feed integration you want to modify. The Update Feed Integration page appears.
  4. As desired, modify the elements of the feed integration.
    Note: You cannot change the feed’s URL on this page. If you need to change the URL, you must delete this feed integration and add a new one with the revised URL.
  5. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io updates the feed integration and returns to the Integrations page.

Deleting a feed integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Feed Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Feed Subscriptions button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Feeds.
  3. Select the checkbox for the feed integration you want to delete. You can select more than one if you want to delete multiple feed integrations.
  4. Click or tap the Delete Feeds button at the bottom of the page.
  5. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes. The feed integration is removed from the Integrations page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About GitHub integrations

You can set up a GitHub integration to send notifications to your group when code is committed to a GitHub repository.

Adding a GitHub integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the GitHub Integration panel, click or tap the GitHub Integrations button. The Add GitHub Integration page appears.
  3. Click or tap the Authenticate With GitHub button, and sign in to your GitHub account. If it is the first time you are signing in to GitHub from Groups.io, authorize Groups.io to access your GitHub account. Then you are returned to Groups.io.
  4. Complete the Add GitHub Integration page.
  5. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io verifies the repository and adds it to your GitHub integrations.

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the GitHub Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit GitHub Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your GitHub Integrations.
  3. Click or tap the Add A Repository button to display the Add GitHub Integration page.
  4. Complete the Add GitHub Integration page.
  5. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io verifies the repository and adds it to your GitHub integrations.

Modifying a GitHub integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the GitHub Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit GitHub Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your GitHub Integrations.
  3. Click or tap the link to the integration you want to modify.
  4. Sign in to GitHub (if necessary), then make your changes on the Edit GitHub Integration page.
  5. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io updates the integration and returns to the Integrations page.

Removing a GitHub integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the GitHub Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit GitHub Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your GitHub Integrations.
  3. Select the checkbox for the integration you want to remove. You can select more than one if you want to remove multiple GitHub integrations.
  4. Click or tap the Remove Repositories button at the bottom of the page.
  5. When the Verify Removal confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes. The integration is removed from the Integrations page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About Trello integrations

You can set up Trello integrations to send notifications to your group when activity occurs in Trello boards.

Adding a Trello integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Trello Integration panel, click or tap the Trello Integrations button. The Add Trello Integration page appears.
  3. Click or tap the Authenticate With Trello button, and log in to your Trello account. Then you are returned to Groups.io.
  4. Complete the Add Trello Integration page.
  5. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io verifies the board and adds it to your Trello integrations.

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Trello Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Trello Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Trello Integrations.
  3. Click or tap the Add A Board button to display the Add Trello Integration page.
  4. Complete the Add Trello Integration page.
  5. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io verifies the board and adds it to your Trello integrations.

Modifying a Trello integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Trello Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Trello Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Trello Integrations.
  3. Click or tap the link to the integration you want to modify. 
  4. Log in to Trello (if necessary), then make your changes on the Edit Trello Integration page.
  5. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io updates the integration and returns to the Integrations page.

Removing a Trello integration

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesIntegrations on the More menu.
  2. On the Integrations page, in the Trello Integration Active panel, click or tap the Edit Trello Integrations button. The Integrations page refreshes and lists the existing integrations under Your Trello Integrations.
  3. Select the checkbox for the integration you want to remove. You can select more than one if you want to remove multiple Trello integrations.
  4. Click or tap the Remove Boards button at the bottom of the page.
  5. When the Verify Removal confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes. The integration is removed from the Integrations page.

About subgroups

Creating a subgroup

Subgroup visibility settings

Subgroup categories

Deleting a group or subgroup

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups and in Free groups that existed before January 15, 2020.

A subgroup is a group within another group. Subgroups have all the functionality of normal groups, but for someone to be a member of a subgroup, that person must first be a member of the parent (main) group.

Subgroups are not listed in the public directory of groups.

Once someone is a member of the parent group, they can subscribe directly to the subgroup (if permitted), they can be added directly to the subgroup, or they can ask to join the subgroup (if it is restricted).

A group owner can use subgroups for subsets of their main group’s membership. Examples:

  • An organization could use a subgroup for its board of directors or use several subgroups for different committees.
  • You could create subgroups for different subject areas that are related to your main group.

The GroupManagersForum wiki contains additional information on why one might want to use subgroups.

Note:

  • Each subgroup has the same amount of allotted storage space as its parent group.
  • Subgroups cannot contain additional subgroups. Groups.io supports only one level of subgroups.
  • You can create subgroups during a free trial of a Premium group. However, if you decide not to continue with a paid Premium plan after the trial period is up, those subgroups will be locked. (They will not be deleted, in case you decide to upgrade the group in the future.)

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups and in Free groups that existed before January 15, 2020.

To create a subgroup:

  1. Desktop browser: In the main (parent) group, in the left menu, select Subgroups.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page in the main (parent) group, tap the More icon, then select Subgroups on the More menu.
  2. On the Subgroups page, click or tap the Create Subgroup button at the top of the page.
  3. Complete the elements on the Create A Subgroup page:
    • Enter the name of your subgroup, up to 34 characters long. This name will appear in the subgroup’s email address and also in the URL of your subgroup on the Groups.io website. The email address has the form subgroupname@groupsubdomain.groups.io. (For more information on subgroup email addresses, see Subdomain addressing in the GroupManagersForum wiki.)

      Note: The name cannot contain spaces, plus signs, slashes, or underscores. (Hyphens and periods are allowed.)

    • Enter a description of your subgroup. This description will be displayed on your subgroup’s home page and on the parent group’s home page (if you choose to list the subgroup there).

    • ! Important: When you make a message archive private (viewable only by parent group members or subgroup members), you cannot change it later to be publicly viewable. Therefore, at this stage, you should be certain about what visibility you want your subgroup’s message archive to have.

      This option controls whether your subgroup is listed on your parent group’s home page and whether its message archive is visible to the general public, only to parent group members, or only to subgroup members. Select the option you want to use for your subgroup. See Subgroup visibility settings for descriptions.

  4. Click or tap the Create Subgroup button at the bottom of the page.

Now you can customize the subgroup’s settings (including adding the subgroup to a category), create member notices, and add members of the parent group to the subgroup (either by inviting them to join or, if the group is not a Premium trial group, by adding them directly). 

Note:

  • After you create the first subgroup, the parent group and subgroup will not be available for a short period of time while the group’s DNS information is updated. Typically, the delay in availability lasts only a few minutes.
  • If you invite someone to join a subgroup who is not a member of the parent group, they will be added to the parent group automatically when they accept the subgroup invitation.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups and in Free groups that existed before January 15, 2020.

The visibility settings for subgroups are:

  • The subgroup will be listed on the parent group’s home page, and its message archive will be able to be viewed by the general public and by members of the parent group (which, by default, includes the members of the subgroup). In addition:

    • The contents of subgroup messages will be discoverable by web search engines.
    • An RSS feed link will be created automatically and listed in the Group Information section on the subgroup’s home page.
  •  

    The subgroup will be listed on the parent group’s home page, and its message archive will be able to be viewed by all members of the parent group (which, by default, includes the members of the subgroup). Message content in the subgroup will not be discoverable by web search engines.

  •  

    The subgroup will be listed on the parent group’s home page, but its message archive will be able to be viewed only by members of the subgroup. Message content in the subgroup will not be discoverable by web search engines.

  •  

    The subgroup will not be listed on the parent group’s home page, and its message archive will be able to be viewed only by members of the subgroup. Message content in the subgroup will not be discoverable by web search engines.

  • The subgroup will not be listed on the parent group’s home page, but its message archive will be able to be viewed by the general public and by members of the parent group. In addition:

    • Message content in the subgroup will be discoverable by web search engines.
    • An RSS feed link will be created automatically and listed in the Group Information section on the subgroup’s home page.

! Important: As with parent (main) groups, a subgroup’s public archive can be changed to a private one (that is, viewable only by parent group members or only by subgroup members), but a subgroup’s private archive cannot be changed to a public one. Therefore, a subgroup’s archive that is viewable by subgroup members only cannot be changed to be viewable by parent group members or by the general public. All you can change is whether the subgroup is listed in the parent group.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups and in Free groups that existed before January 15, 2020.

About subgroup categories

If your group has a number of subgroups, you can organize the subgroups in categories.

After subgroups are added to categories, the categories appear on the Subgroups page in these ways: 

  • In the Subgroups You Belong To panel, which lists the subgroups of which you are a member, categories are enclosed in square brackets next to the subgroups’ names.
  • Subgroups that members do not belong to and that parent group members are allowed to join are listed in the Subgroups You Can Join section of the Subgroups page, below the Subgroups You Belong To panel. Subgroups that are in categories are listed in that section of the page in panels that have the category names. (Any uncategorized subgroups are listed after the last category's panel.)

Subgroups that are in the same category are listed together, in alphabetical order by subgroup name.

Creating a subgroup category

To create a subgroup category:

  1. Desktop browser: On the parent group’s website, in the left navigation menu, select Subgroups.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page in the parent group, tap the More icon, then select Subgroups on the More menu.
  2. On the Subgroups page, click or tap the Categories button.
  3. On the Subgroup Categories page, click or tap the Add Subgroup Category button.
  4. Complete the resulting page:
    • In the Name field, enter a name for the category.
    • In the Description field, enter a description of the category. This description will appear in the category’s panel in the Subgroups You Can Join section of the Subgroups page.
    • If you want to limit the number of subgroups in this category that group members can belong to, enter that number in the Max Number of Subgroups field. (Leave the default value of 0 if you do not want to limit the number of subgroups in this category that members can belong to.)
  5. Click or tap the Add button at the bottom of the page.
  6. Repeat steps 2 through 5 for any more categories you want to add.

On the Subgroup Categories page, you can click or tap a down arrow or up arrow next to a category name to move that category down or up in the list.

Adding a subgroup to a category

  1. Go to the subgroup and open the Settings page.
  2. On the Settings page, scroll to the end of the General panel.
  3. In the Subgroup Category list, select the category you want to assign to the subgroup.
  4. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Group button.

Modifying a subgroup category

  1. Desktop browser: On the parent group’s website, in the left navigation menu, select Subgroups.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page in the parent group, tap the More icon, then select Subgroups on the More menu.
  2. On the Subgroup Categories page, click or tap the name of the category you want to modify.
  3. On the resulting page, change the category’s name or edit its description, as desired.
  4. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.

Deleting a subgroup category

  1. Desktop browser: On the parent group’s website, in the left navigation menu, select Subgroups.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page in the parent group, tap the More icon, then select Subgroups on the More menu.
  2. On the Subgroup Categories page, click or tap the name of the category you want to delete.
  3. Click or tap the Delete button at the bottom of the page.
  4. In the Verify Delete confirmation popup, click or tap Yes.

! Important: After a group is deleted, its name cannot be reused (unless someone specifically contacts Groups.io Support and asks to be able to use the name again). If you think you might want to use that group name again or make it available for others to use, rename the group to some nonsense name before you delete it. Exception: The name of a deleted subgroup can be reused. There might be a short delay until that name is available again.

To delete a group or subgroup:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesSettings.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesSettings on the More menu.
  2. Scroll to the bottom of the Settings page.
  3. Look for and click or tap the red Delete Group button (in a desktop browser, it is at the far right). The Delete Group page appears.
  4. Review the red warning banner that asks whether you are sure you want to delete the group and displays a notice that the action cannot be undone.
  5. If you are certain you want to delete the group, click or tap the red Delete Group button under the red warning banner. A Verify Delete popup appears.
  6. Complete the Verify Delete popup:
    • In the first text field, enter any feedback for Groups.io, if desired. (This field is optional.)
    • In the second text field, enter the words I understand.
    • Click or tap the red Yes button. The group is deleted.

Using the sponsorship feature to defray Groups.io hosting costs

Using the donations feature

About sponsorships

Groups.io has a sponsorship feature that group owners can enable to allow group members to help cover the group’s hosting costs, such as the per-member cost in Premium groups. 

Enabling the sponsorship feature

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesSettings.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesSettings on the More menu.
  2. On the General panel of the Settings page, select the Allow Sponsorships checkbox.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Group button.
  4. Go to your group’s home page and verify that a Sponsor This Group button appears in the Group Information section of the page.

When members click the Sponsor This Group button, they are taken to a Sponsor Group page where they can specify a sponsorship amount (minimum of $5.00 US) and pay by credit or debit card or via PayPal.

Tip: You can create a customized Group Sponsorship notice that is sent automatically to members who sponsor the group. (This notice is in addition to the automated email receipt that members receive.)

Reviewing sponsorship payment activity

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > Activity.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > Activity on the More menu.
  2. On the Activity page, click or tap the All Activity button and select Payment Activity on the dropdown menu. All activities related to sponsorships are listed.
    Note: If the group is a Premium or Enterprise group that is set up for donation requests, the Payment Activity page lists donation activities as well.
  3. To filter the activity results for sponsorships, select Group - Sponsorship failed or Group - Sponsorship made from the actions dropdown list.

Checking the sponsorship reserve amount

To see how much money is in a group’s sponsorship reserve:

  1. Desktop browser: Select Admin > PreferencesBilling (in a Premium or Enterprise group) or Admin > PreferencesUpgrade (in a Free group).
    Mobile browser: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesBilling (in a Premium or Enterprise group) or Admin > PreferencesUpgrade (in a Free group).
    Note: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Billing and Upgrade entries are not available due to rules imposed by the Apple App Store and Google Play.
  2. On the Billing page, review the Current Plan panel. That panel contains a line showing how much money is in reserve to pay hosting fees.

When the sponsorship reserve contains a sufficient amount for your group, you can remove the Sponsor This Group button from your group’s home page by clearing the Allow Sponsorship checkbox in the group’s settings. Remember to click or tap the Update Group button after you clear the checkbox.

Additional sponsorship information

  • Group sponsorships generate moderator notifications. Sponsorships also are recorded in the Activity log.
  • Sponsorships are nonrefundable. Sponsorship amounts are held by Groups.io and are used to pay hosting fees for the sponsored group as needed.
  • The entire amount of a sponsorship is added to the reserve—that is, no processing fees are deducted.
  • If a fee is paid solely by sponsorship reserves, you will not be sent a payment receipt; however, you will receive an email notification.
  • Free groups can allow sponsorships. Upgrading a Free group to Premium level requires a credit card to be on file at that time, but you can delete the credit card from the Billing page in your Groups.io account after you have upgraded the group and rely solely on sponsorship reserves to pay the fee.
  • Any group sponsorships that you have paid are listed on the Billing page in your Groups.io account.
  • The sponsorship feature is separate from the Donations feature available in Premium and Enterprise groups.
  • Group sponsorship amounts are not tax deductible.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

About donations

The owners of Premium and Enterprise groups can set up donation requests to ask their members to donate to the group. Members in groups that have open donation requests will see a Donations entry on the left menu (desktop browser) or More menu (mobile device) when they visit that group. They can select the Donations entry to view the donation requests and make donations.

Groups.io uses Stripe to accept credit card payments. To accept donations in your group, you need to have a Stripe account, which is free, and connect to it from your group. Then you can create donation requests in your group, and your members can donate using credit cards.

The Groups.io processing fee is 2% in addition to Stripe’s credit card processing fees.

Note: Members who donate do not need to have Stripe accounts.

Setting up a Stripe account for donations

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesDonations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and select Admin > PreferencesDonations on the More menu.
  2. On the resulting Donations page, click or tap the Connect with Stripe button, which takes you to the Stripe website. 
  3. To set up a new Stripe account for your group, complete the fields on the Stripe page.
    Tips:
    • Use your group’s name as the account name, legal business name, and in the statement descriptor (for example, “groupname Donations”).
    • Provide your group’s website (https://groups.io/g/groupname) as the business website.
    • Add/attach a bank account and set up a Direct Debit, then set up a payment schedule.
  4. At the bottom of the Stripe page, click or tap the Authorize access to this account button. You are then returned to the Donations page in Groups.io.

Creating a donation request

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesDonations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and select Admin > PreferencesDonations on the More menu.
  2. On the Donations page, click or tap the Create a Donation Request button.
    Note: The amount you enter in the Ask Amount field is the amount of the total donation, not an individual donation amount that you are requesting from each member. If you want to leave the total open-ended (not provide a specific amount), leave the dollar amount as 0.
  3. Click or tap the Create button at the bottom of the page.

The donation request is now open, and members can submit donations.

Closing a donation request

When donations are complete, you can close the donation request:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesDonations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and select Admin > PreferencesDonations on the More menu.
  2. On the Donations page, click or tap the donation request you want to close.
  3. On the Donation Request page, click or tap the Close button.

All funds, including any excess above the requested amount (if one was specified), are forwarded to the Stripe account that was set up for the group.

Reopening a closed donation request

To reopen a closed donation request so members can donate to it again:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesDonations.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and select Admin > PreferencesDonations on the More menu.
  2. On the Donations page, click or tap the Open button at the top, and select Closed from the dropdown list.
  3. Locate and click or tap the closed donation request that you want to reopen.
  4. On the Donation Request page, click or tap the Reopen button.

Viewing open and closed donation requests

Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesDonations.

Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and select Admin > PreferencesDonations on the More menu.

The Donations page lists open donation requests by default. To see a list of closed donation requests, click or tap the Open button at the top of the page and select Closed from the dropdown list.

Reviewing donation request and payment activity

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > Activity.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and select Admin > Activity on the More menu.
  2. On the Activity page, click or tap the All Activity button and select Payment Activity on the dropdown menu. All activities related to donation requests are listed.
    Note: If the group allows sponsorships, the Payment Activity page lists sponsorship activities as well.
  3. If you want to filter the activity results for donations, select one of the Donation options from the actions dropdown list:
    • Donation - Failed by member
    • Donation - Made by member
    • Donation - Request closed
    • Donation - Request created
    • Donation - Request reopened
    • Donation - Request updated
    • Donations - Stripe account disconnected 

You can pin topics and wiki pages to the top of the group’s Topics page (that is, make them “sticky”) to make it easy for group members to see information that you want to be prominent when they view the Topics page on the group’s website. For example, you might have a topic with important information, or a wiki page with frequently asked questions, that you want group members to be able to see easily on the Topics page.

Restriction: Wikis are available only in Premium and Enterprise groups and in legacy Free groups.

Pinning or unpinning a topic

To pin a topic:

  1. Open the topic you want to pin and click or tap the More icon at the bottom right.
    or
    Display messages in Topics view, and, at the bottom right of the topic you want to pin, click or tap the down arrow button next to the topic’s posting date.
  2. From the resulting menu, select Make Sticky. You return to the Topics page, and that topic is listed at the top with a pushpin icon next to its subject line.

To unpin a topic, click or tap the down arrow button next to the topic’s posting date and select Unstick from the menu.

Pinning or unpinning a wiki page

In a Premium, Enterprise, or legacy Free group:

  1. Display the Settings page and expand the Premium & Enterprise Features panel. (If the group was created before August 24, 2020, the panel’s title is just Features.)
  2. Scroll down to the Wiki section of the panel.
  3. From the Sticky Wiki Page list, select the wiki page that you want to pin to the top of the Topics page.
    Note: The page must exist. You cannot create a new wiki page from here.
  4. Go to the bottom of the settings page and click or tap the Update Group button. A banner at the top of the page confirms that your changes have been saved. On the Topics page, the first few lines of the wiki page appear at the top. Members can click the Read More link to see the full page.

To unpin a wiki page, follow the steps above, but, in step 3, select (no page) from the Sticky Wiki Page list.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

Premium and Enterprise groups can lock their group, as well as any subgroups, which preserves the archive on Groups.io but prevents members from posting messages to it or making changes to any other group content such as files, photos, and databases.

To lock a group or subgroup:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesSettings.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesSettings on the More menu.
     
  2. Scroll to the bottom of the Settings page and click or tap the Lock Group button.
  3. When the Verify Lock confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

If you decide to unlock the group or subgroup:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesSettings.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesSettings on the More menu.
     
  2. On the Settings page, click or tap the Unlock Group button.
  3. When the Verify Unlock confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

Note: Groups.io automatically locks any subgroups that were created in:

  • A Free group that was created after January 15, 2020 at 9:00 a.m. U.S. Pacific Time, then upgraded to Premium, then later downgraded back to Free
  • A trial Premium group that is downgraded to a Free group

Those subgroups are locked until the Free group is upgraded again.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

Premium and Enterprise groups can prevent nonmembers from submitting join requests or sending messages to a group or subgroup by adding domain names to a list of domains that are banned in the group or subgroup.

To add a domain to the Banned Domains list:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s or subgroup’s website, select Admin > PreferencesDomains
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Admin > PreferencesDomains on the More menu.
  2. On the Banned Domains page, in the Domain to ban field, enter the domain to be banned. Do not include the @ symbol.
  3. Click or tap the Ban Domain button. The domain is added to the list of banned domains at the top of the page.

Note:

  • Banning the domain of existing members has no effect on those members. They will still be subject to any group and subgroup posting restrictions that are in place.
  • In a group that has subgroups, banning a domain in the parent group also bans that domain in its subgroups.
  • On the group’s home page, the Join this Group button (or, in restricted groups, the Apply for Membership in this Group button) will be visible to people in a banned domain if they are not logged in to Groups.io. (If they are logged in to Groups.io, the button is not visible to them.) Someone in a domain that was banned by a group and who is not logged in to Groups.io will see a notice in a red box stating “You are not allowed to subscribe to the group with that domain” if they try to join the group through the Join this Group (or Apply for Membership in this Group) button on that group’s home page.

To remove a domain from the Banned Domains list (“unban” the domain):

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s or subgroup’s website, select Admin > PreferencesDomains
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Admin > PreferencesDomains on the More menu.
  2. In the list of banned domains at the top of the Banned Domains page, click or tap the blue x next to the domain that you want to remove from the list.

 

Related help topic

  1. Banning or unbanning members

 

 

Upgrading a Free group

Downgrading a Premium or Enterprise group

If you have a Free group and you decide you want to upgrade it to a Premium group:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesUpgrade.
    Mobile browser: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page, then select Admin > Preferences > Upgrade on the More menu.
    Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Upgrade entry is not available due to rules imposed by Google Play and the Apple App Store. On a mobile device, you must use a browser to upgrade the plan.
  2. On the Billing page that appears, click or tap the View/Change Plan button at the upper right.
  3. On the Upgrade page that appears, in the Premium Plan panel, click or tap the applicable Upgrade button and follow the subsequent instructions.
    Tip: Use the Calculate Costs panel at the bottom of the Upgrade page to calculate how much your plan will cost.

Note: 

  • It is not possible to change an existing Free group to a free Premium trial group.
  • If no credit card is on file when the time comes for the group’s paid plan to be renewed, and the group has insufficient funds in its sponsorship reserve, the system sends an overdue notice to all group owners and moderators stating that the group has two weeks to pay the invoice (minus any sponsorship reserve amount) or the group will be automatically downgraded. Be aware that Groups.io currently has no mechanism to automatically pay an invoice if additional sponsorship amounts come in to cover it.

To upgrade to an Enterprise group, follow the instructions above, but, in step 3, click or tap the Contact Us button at the bottom of the Enterprise Plan panel, then complete and submit the subsequent form.

 

If you have a paid Premium or Enterprise group and you decide you want to downgrade it to a lower or free plan:

  1. Desktop browser: On the left menu at the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesBilling.
    Mobile browser: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page, then select Admin > PreferencesBilling on the More menu.
    Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Billing entry is not available due to rules imposed by Google Play and the Apple App Store. Therefore, on a mobile device, you must use a browser to downgrade the plan.
  2. On the Billing page that appears, in the Current Plan panel, click or tap the View/Change Plan button (in a desktop browser, it is at the upper right).
    Note: You must be the payer for the group for this button to be visible. For more information about group payers, see Groups.io billing.
  3. On the Upgrade page that appears, click or tap the Downgrade button for the plan you want to downgrade to.
  4. Follow the subsequent instructions.

The downgrade will take effect after the currently paid period ends. At that time, the group will lose the features that are specific to its previous plan type (see the Groups.io Plans and Pricing page). For example, if you downgrade a Premium group to a Free group:

  • The storage space allocation goes from 30 GB to 1 GB.
  • Any subgroups are locked.
    Exception: If your group was created before January 15, 2020, subgroups will remain accessible because Free groups created before that date were able to have subgroups. (This exception applies to Free groups created before January 15, 2020 that were upgraded either before or after that date as well as to Premium groups created before that date.)
  • All features become unavailable except those related to sending and managing messages. However, nothing is deleted in case you decide to upgrade again in the future.
    Exception: If your group was created before August 24, 2020, the downgraded Free group will retain the calendar, chat, database, member directory, files, photos, poll, and wiki features.
  • If the group was created after February 8, 2021 at 9:00 a.m. U.S. Pacific Time and gained more than 100 members, no one else can join the group unless the member list is reduced to fewer than 100 members or the group is upgraded again.

Group payers

The payer in a paid Premium group or an Enterprise group is the owner or moderator whose Groups.io account contains the credit card or debit card that is used to pay for the group’s plan. Only one payer can be associated with a paid group. Typically, a group owner is the payer, but a moderator can be the payer if they have the Billing privilege.

Note: A group that uses the sponsorship feature to pay its plan fees does not need to rely on a specific payer as long as the group’s sponsorship reserve contains sufficient funds to pay the fees. For more information, see Using the sponsorship feature to defray Groups.io hosting costs.

Billing notifications

In groups that are billed annually, payers receive a renewal notification email from Groups.io 14 days in advance of the billing date. Moderators in the group who have the Billing permission receive this notification as well.

In groups that are billed monthly, no notifications are sent in advance of the billing date.

Groups are billed on the day of the month on which the group was originally created or upgraded.

Payment receipts are sent to moderators who have the Billing permission as well as to the payer.

If a credit or debit card fails during the billing process (for example, if it has expired), the payer for the group receives a warning email from Groups.io. The payer has 14 days to fix the issue and pay the invoice. Another warning email is sent to the payer after 7 days if the issue has not been fixed by then; this warning is also sent to the group’s owners and to moderators with the Billing permission. If the issue still has not been fixed by the 14th day, the group is downgraded and the payer, owners, and moderators with Billing permission receive an email notification.

Note:

  • For monthly groups created or upgraded on the 31st day of the month: When billing comes due for a shorter month, the group is billed on the last day of the shorter month. The billing date remains the 31st, and billing occurs on the 31st in the months that have 31 days.
  • For monthly groups: Groups.io does not retry billing a group for a given month. If an issue occurs with the billing for that month, the payer must manually pay the overdue invoice.
  • If a group’s payer has deleted their Groups.io account: On the day the group is to be billed, Groups.io sends an email to all owners of the group telling them someone needs to become the payer for the group. The owners have 14 days to remedy the situation, with a warning after 7 days if it is not yet resolved.

Updating the credit card or debit card on file

! Important: Credit cards and debit cards are associated with Groups.io user accounts, not with individual groups. If you have more than one group and need to use different cards for them, you will need to have a different owner account (or moderator account with the Billing privilege) for each group.

To update the credit card or debit card on file with Groups.io:

  1. Go to your Groups.io account
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Billing.
    Mobile browser: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then tap Billing on the More menu.
    Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Billing entry is not available due to rules imposed by Google Play and the Apple App Store. Therefore, on a mobile device, you must use a browser to update the payment method. 
  3. On the Billing page, in the Credit Card On File panel, click or tap the Update Payment Method button.
  4. On the Update Credit Card page, enter the new card information and click or tap the Update Credit Card button.

Changing the group’s payer

The group member who is to be the new payer must be either an owner of the group or a moderator with at least the Billing privilege.

The member who is to be the new payer follows these steps:

  1. Desktop browser: On the left menu at the group’s website and select Admin > PreferencesBilling.
  2. Mobile browser: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page, then select Admin > PreferencesBilling on the More menu.
    Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Billing entry is not available due to rules imposed by Google Play and the Apple App Store. On a mobile device, you must use a browser to change the payer.
  3. On the Billing page, in the Current Plan panel, click or tap the Set Me As Payer button.
    Note: If the new payer does not already have a credit or debit card on file in their Groups.io account, they can enter it at this point.

Changing the billing interval

You can change the billing interval from yearly to monthly or from monthly to yearly:

  1. Desktop browser: On the left menu at the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesBilling.
    Mobile browser: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page, then select Admin > PreferencesBilling on the More menu.
    Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Billing entry is not available due to rules imposed by Google Play and the Apple App Store. On a mobile device, you must use a browser to change the billing interval. 
  2. On the Billing page that appears, in the Current Plan panel, click or tap the Switch to [Monthly or Yearly] Billing button (in a desktop browser, it is at the upper right). The button label depends on the group’s current billing interval.
    Note: You must be the payer for the group for this button to be visible.
  3. On the Verify Switch popup that appears, click or tap Yes to confirm the change.

Downloading your group’s member list

  1. Display the member list.
  2. Click or tap the Download button at the top of the page. On a mobile device, you might need to use landscape orientation to see that button.

Groups.io downloads the member list to a file in comma-separated values (CSV) format (or, depending on your browser’s setting for downloads, you might be prompted to open the CSV file).

Note: In the User Status column of the downloaded list, a value of user_status_inactive means that user’s Groups.io account was disabled by Groups.io management. The subscription records associated with an inactive account remain in the system and are accessible only by Groups.io management.

Related help topic

  1. Displaying the member list

Exporting your group’s message archive and other group content

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Admin > Preferences > Export Group.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page, then select Admin > Preferences > Export Group on the More menu.
  2. On the Data To Export page, select the checkboxes for the content you want to export. The checkboxes that are available depend on the group’s .
    Tip: To select all of the available checkboxes at once, select the unlabeled checkbox in the top row.

    In all groups, these checkboxes are available to select:

    • Group Info
    • Member List (contains more extensive information than a list downloaded from the Members page)
    • Member Notices
    • Messages
    • Activity History
    • Hashtags

    In Premium and Enterprise groups and in legacy Free groups, these checkboxes are also available to select:

    • Polls
    • Photos
      Exception: The system-generated Emailed Photos album is not included with content exported from the Photos section.
    • Files
    • Calendar
    • Databases
    • Chats
    • Wikis

    If your group contains subgroups, you can choose to export data from those subgroups as well by selecting their checkboxes in the Include Subgroups panel.

  3. Click or tap the Export Group Data button at the bottom of the page.

Groups.io gathers the selected data into a compressed zip archive and, generally within 10 minutes, sends you an email message with a link to the data file. The link is valid for 24 hours.

! Important: After a group is deleted, its name cannot be reused (unless someone specifically contacts Groups.io Support and asks to be able to use the name again). If you think you might want to use that group name again or make it available for others to use, rename the group to some nonsense name before you delete it. Exception: The name of a deleted subgroup can be reused. There might be a short delay until that name is available again.

To delete a group or subgroup:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Admin > PreferencesSettings.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then select Admin > PreferencesSettings on the More menu.
  2. Scroll to the bottom of the Settings page.
  3. Look for and click or tap the red Delete Group button (in a desktop browser, it is at the far right). The Delete Group page appears.
  4. Review the red warning banner that asks whether you are sure you want to delete the group and displays a notice that the action cannot be undone.
  5. If you are certain you want to delete the group, click or tap the red Delete Group button under the red warning banner. A Verify Delete popup appears.
  6. Complete the Verify Delete popup:
    • In the first text field, enter any feedback for Groups.io, if desired. (This field is optional.)
    • In the second text field, enter the words I understand.
    • Click or tap the red Yes button. The group is deleted.

About Enterprise groups

Setting up a custom domain

Setting up a custom subdomain

Custom logo and email graphics

Custom home page

Enterprise group settings

An Enterprise group is a white-labeled version of Groups.io, on a unique domain, with its own logo and, optionally, its own home page. The color scheme is the same as for Groups.io’s website.

Enterprise groups have all of the features that are available to Free and Premium groups as well as these additional, Enterprise-only features:

  • Custom domain
  • Custom logo
  • Fully customizable home page
  • Custom enterprise-specific settings

You set up these features after creating an Enterprise group (or upgrading an existing group to an Enterprise group) and receiving a “welcome” email message from Groups.io.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Enterprise groups.

  1. Decide which domain you want to use for the group.
    Tip: Consider using a subdomain for the group instead of a top-level domain because using a subdomain gives your organization more flexibility. See Setting up a custom subdomain.
  2. Delegate the DNS server settings for the domain to dns1.groups.io and dns2.groups.io. You must complete this step with the company where your domain is registered. You can use either of these methods:
    • Contact your domain registrar’s support department for assistance.
    • Do it yourself by logging into your account at your domain registrar and replacing any existing DNS servers with dns1.groups.io and dns2.groups.io. You might be able to find instructions on your domain registrar’s website.
  3. After the domain’s DNS server settings are changed, contact Groups.io Support and provide:
    • The name of the Enterprise group
    • The domain name

Groups.io Support then takes the necessary steps to complete the domain setup.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Enterprise groups.

Groups.io typically recommends that an Enterprise group use a subdomain for the group instead of a top-level domain (for example, groups.example.com rather than example.com). Using a subdomain for the group gives your organization more flexibility because you can continue hosting the top-level domain with your current provider, leaving any existing content in place. 

To set up a custom subdomain:

  1. Decide which subdomain you want to use for the group.
  2. Contact your domain registrar and ask for their assistance (or look for instructions on their website) in adding two name server (NS) record settings for the subdomain. The NS records should look like these examples:
    • groups.example.com in NS dns1.groups.io
    • groups.example.com in NS dns2.groups.io
      ! Important: Do not change the DNS servers of your top-level domain.
  3. After the domain’s NS records are changed, contact Groups.io Support and provide:
    • The name of the Enterprise group
    • The subdomain name

Groups.io Support then takes the necessary steps to complete the subdomain setup.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Enterprise groups.

A custom logo graphic for the group's website must meet these requirements:

  • Be in PNG format
  • Have a transparent background
  • Look good on a dark-colored background
  • Have dimensions of 400 pixels wide x 100 pixels high 

Enterprise groups can also change the header and footer graphics that appear in digest and summary emails. Those graphics must meet these requirements:

  • Be in JPEG format
  • For a header, have dimensions of 800 pixels wide x 93 pixels high
  • For a footer, have dimensions of 800 pixels wide x 86 pixels high

To have a custom logo, header, and footer graphic added to your Enterprise group, email the image files to Groups.io Support.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Enterprise groups.

With an Enterprise group, you can customize the home page that is displayed when someone who is not logged in to the group goes to the group’s URL. If you do not customize this home page, the normal main group home page is used.

To customize your this home page:

  1. Create a wiki page in the group that has the content and format of your desired home page.
    Note: Because this page is displayed when someone who is not logged in goes to the group’s domain, it must contain links to the group’s /login page and /register page.
  2. Contact Groups.io Support and let them know which wiki page to use as the home page. Groups.io Support then changes the applicable setting to display that page as the home page.

 

Related help topic

  1. Creating and editing wiki pages

Enterprise groups have an additional entry, Enterprise Settings, on the group home page that you see when you are logged in to Groups.io.

Select Enterprise Settings to display the Enterprise Settings page, which contains these Enterprise-specific settings:

  • Website panel:
    • In this field, enter a title for your Enterprise group. This title is used on the group’s website to reference the enterprise.

    • If you want to use Google Analytics to collect data from your group’s website, enter the Google Analytics tracking code in this field.

    • If you want to replace the standard text provided by Groups.io at the bottom of the login page, enter the replacement text in this field.

    • If you want to replace the standard text provided by Groups.io on the “send login link” page, enter the replacement text in this field.

    • Select this checkbox to prevent anyone who is not logged in to the group from registering through the group’s website or accessing any of the group’s web pages.

    • Select this checkbox to disable the automatic conversion of “+1” email messages to likes. (For information on likes, see Using the Like feature.)

  • Member Defaults panel:
    • Select the default language in which the group website and notifications will be displayed.

    • From the list, select the default timezone to use for displaying times on the group’s website. This timezone is applied to the accounts of users who simply register on the Enterprise domain and to those who join the group and register at the same time.

      Note: A change to this setting applies only to the accounts of new users of Groups.io; existing group members’ accounts are not affected.

  • Single Sign On panel (specify these settings if you are going to use Single Sign On [SSO] for your group):
    • Select your SSO provider from the list. The options are:

      • Test
      • Auth0
      • YourMembership
      • ClubExpress
      • NoviAMS
      • MiniOrange/Wordpress
    • Select the option you want to apply:

      • Only Allow Logging In via SSO
      • Allow Logging In via SSO for Moderators Only
    • Enter the client ID supplied by your SSO provider.

    • Enter the client secret supplied by your SSO provider.

    • If YourMembership is your SSO provider, enter your Client ID, which is found in the REST API Configuration Details.

    • Enter the domain supplied by your SSO provider.

! Important: After you enter or change settings on the Enterprise Settings page, scroll to the bottom of the page and click the Update Settings button to save the settings.

Note:

  • For the SSO callback URL, use https://groups.io/ssologin.
  • If you enable Single Sign On and you need to bypass it for logging in, go to https://groups.io/login?nosso=1 to log in normally.

Groups.io provides people who share common interests with an ad-free platform for communicating with each other through email groups and group websites.

Three levels of plans are available in Groups.io: Free, Premium (paid), and Enterprise (paid). Free groups provide only functions related to sending, storing, and managing messages. Premium and Enterprise groups provide additional collaboration features such as calendars, databases, and wikis.

Those who want to create and run a group in Groups.io can:

  • Have a free group with basic message functions or opt for a paid plan that provides additional features.
  • Create an announcement-only, moderated, or restricted group, or a group with other combinations of settings.
  • Customize member notices such as welcome, goodbye, and pending member messages as well as monthly reminders and guidelines.
  • Designate multiple owners and moderators using Groups.io’s full permissions system.
  • Monitor the group through an activity log, and receive email or web/app notifications (or both) about group activity.
  • Track email delivery to group members.
  • Approve or reject messages from moderated members either through the group’s website or by email.
  • Automatically moderate or lock individual group topics after a set number of days.
  • Set up hashtags to control and organize messages in the group’s archive.
  • In paid groups, create a wiki for storing group knowledge.
  • In paid groups, control access to and use of the group’s web-based collaboration features:
    • Calendar
    • Chats (similar to chat rooms on other platforms)
    • Databases
    • Files
    • Photos
    • Polls
    • Wiki

For more information about the features and benefits of Groups.io, see the Features page on the Groups.io website.

Note: If you are looking to move content to Groups.io from another platform, refer to the Moving to Groups.io wiki page in the GroupManagersForum group on Groups.io. That group’s wiki and message archive are open for anyone to read—even those who do not have a Groups.io account.

After you have decided you want to create a group on Groups.io, the first thing to do is sign up with Groups.io and create an account. For instructions, see Creating a Groups.io account in the Group Members Manual.

Note: If you already have a Groups.io account, skip to Step 2: Decide which plan you want.

For more information about Groups.io accounts in general, see Understanding Groups.io accounts in the Group Members Manual.

Tip: If you set a timezone in your Groups.io account preferences, groups you create will have that timezone by default. Otherwise, your new groups will have a default timezone of U.S./Canada Pacific Time (UTC–08:00 or UTC–07:00 depending on whether Daylight Saving Time is in effect).

 

Now go to Step 2: Decide which plan you want.

Groups.io provides three levels of plans:

  • Free, for groups of up to 100 members; per-member pricing applies after 100 members
  • Premium, which has a monthly or annual fee but also has a free trial
  • Enterprise, which has a monthly or annual fee (this plan is intended primarily for large organizations)

See the Pricing page on the Groups.io website for a feature summary and current prices. You can click or tap the See A Complete Plan Comparison button near the bottom of the page and review the resulting feature comparison page to help you decide what plan you want to have. Free groups provide only functions related to sending, storing, and managing messages. Premium and Enterprise groups provide additional collaboration features such as calendars, databases, and wikis.

Note: This guide focuses on Free and Premium groups. Because Enterprise groups typically are tailored to meet the specific needs of particular organizations and, for that reason, have some extra features, they are outside the scope of this guide.

If you are completely new to Groups.io, the easiest way to start is by creating a Free group. You can always upgrade to a paid level later. That said, you can try most Premium features for free for 90 days. With a 90-day trial Premium group:

  • You have access to all Premium features except the ability to add members to the group directly and the ability to change group members’ email addresses.
  • You can upgrade to a paid Premium plan at any point during the trial, and it will start at the end of the 90 days.
  • One week before the end of your trial, you will get an email reminder.
  • If you opt not to continue with a paid plan, your group will automatically be downgraded to a Free group at the end of the 90 days. Any subgroups you created during your trial will be locked and other Premium features will become inaccessible. (Nothing will be deleted in case you decide to upgrade the group in the future.)

 

Now go to Step 3: Create the group and specify initial settings.

Restriction: You must use a desktop browser or a mobile browser to create a group. Due to rules imposed by the Apple App Store and Google Play, it is not possible to create a group using the Groups.io mobile app.

For instructions, see Creating a group in the Group Owners Manual.

When your group is created successfully, Groups.io displays the Promote page with a banner at the top stating that your group has been created, along with some introductory information. You will receive an email notification when the group is approved by Groups.io. which could take a few hours. If you opted to include your group in the directory of publicly listed groups, it will take some time for the directory to be updated to include your group.

 

Now go to Step 4: Customize the group’s settings.

While you wait for the email notification that your new group has been officially approved, you can customize the group’s settings. First, display the Settings page:

  • Desktop browser: In the left menu that appears on all pages in your group’s website, click Admin and then, in the dropdown menu, click Preferences and then Settings.
  • Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a page. When the More menu appears, tap Admin, then Preferences, then Settings.

Group settings

The Settings page is organized into panels that contain related settings. Each panel has a gray title bar. Click or tap the panel's name or the arrow at the far right of the title bar to expand or collapse that panel.

In the list below, click or tap a panel's name to see basic information about some of the settings on that panel.

! Important: When you finish customizing settings on the Settings page, make sure you scroll all the way to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Group button. Your changes will not take effect or be remembered until you click or tap that button.

  • The General panel contains the email address and description that you entered when you created your group. You can revise those elements here, if desired. You can also enter a title for your group that will be displayed on the group’s home page as well as in the directory of publicly listed groups (if you opted to list your group there). As with the description, make sure you include appropriate keywords in the title if you want to promote your group.

    In this panel, you can enter a subject tag to be included on the subject line in group emails. You can also enter the URL of a website to be included on the Groups.io home page for your group. The URL will be listed in the Group Information section on the group’s home page and will be a clickable link.

    Additional settings on this panel include an Allow Sponsorships checkbox and an Additional Payment Information field.

    Tip: If you decide you want to change your group’s email address, now is the time. It is possible to rename a group after it is well established, but doing so has some ramifications. See Renaming a group in the Group Owners Manual. 

  • In the Privacy panel, you can change the visibility setting you selected when you created the group—however, if you selected a “private messages” setting at that time, the “publicly viewable messages” settings will not be available.

    You can also specify:

    • Who can view the group’s member list
      If you want to allow group members to view the member list, you must first scroll down to the Group Type and Moderation panel and select the Restricted Membership checkbox there. Only a group that has restricted membership can allow its members to see the member list. For more information, see Member list.
    • Whether email addresses in the group’s archive are fully visible to group members or are masked (hidden)
      Be aware that even if you selected a “publicly viewable messages” visibility setting for your group, email addresses in the archive will always be hidden from nonmembers who view the archive.
  • Groups.io does not have any setting that will allow someone to join your group without approval and immediately post an unmoderated message, but you still must select at least one of the settings in the Group Type and Moderation panel to help prevent spam. You can select more than one setting. 

    If you want to restrict the membership in your group to only people whose memberships you or designated moderators approve, select the Restricted Membership checkbox. If you want to have a group in which only you and designated moderators can post messages, select the Announcement-Only Group checkbox.

    Tip: If you want to screen prospective members before allowing them to join your group, select the Restricted Membership checkbox. After you save your group’s settings, you can create a Pending Subscription notice that requests prospective members to provide additional information before you approve their membership requests. That notice will be sent automatically to anyone who applies to join the group.

  • The settings on this panel that you should be particularly aware of are:

    • Disable No Email: In their individual group subscriptions, group members can select a No Email option if they do not want to receive a group’s messages by email (for example, they prefer to keep up with the group online through its website, or they are going away and want to temporarily suspend email delivery of group messages). If for some reason you want to prevent members of your group from selecting the No Email option, select the Disable No Email checkbox. This setting makes the No Email option unavailable in members’ individual subscription settings. However, be aware that members will still be able to select a Special Notices Only email delivery option in their subscription settings, which means the only messages they will receive by email will be those that are sent as special notices.
    • Hashtag Permissions: This setting controls whether group members can create new hashtags by including them in message subject lines. It also controls how messages are handled if members are not allowed to create new hashtags but include new hashtags in a message anyway. If you do not want anyone other than yourself and designated moderators to be able to create hashtags, select one of the “Messages from members can only be tagged with existing hashtags” options.
    • Reply To: This setting controls who is initially set to receive replies to messages that are posted to the group. Select the option you want to apply. Be aware that members will still see additional reply options in messages on the group’s website and in email digests (if they are using that delivery option) unless you use the Remove Other Reply Options setting to remove those additional reply options.
    • Remove Other Reply Options: When you select this checkbox, links to reply options other than the one you selected in the Reply To list above are removed from messages on the group’s website and from email digests.
    • Storage Limit Reached: Select the option you want to use to handle attachments when the group’s storage space limit is reached. For more information, see Managing a group's storage space.
  • In this panel, you can add some custom text—for example, a disclaimer or a link to the group’s guidelines—to the system-generated footer that Groups.io includes in all email messages automatically.

    In addition, you can select the format that emailed group messages will have as well as how to handle attachments to messages. If you do not select a specific message format option, emailed messages will have the format used by their senders.

    Be aware that the footers in plain text messages look different from the footers in HTML-formatted messages (see Footers in individual email messages). Therefore, you might want to consider selecting a specific message format so the footers in all your group’s email messages will be consistent.

  • Restriction: The features listed in this panel are available in Premium (trial or paid) and Enterprise groups. They are not available in Free groups that were created on or after August 24, 2020.

    In the Premium & Enterprise Features panel, you can specify whether these Groups.io features are available in your group and who has access to them (some features have additional settings):

    • Message reposting
    • Member directory visibility
    • Subgroups
    • Calendar
    • Chats
    • Databases
    • Files
    • Photos
    • Polls
    • Wiki

Default email delivery options and other settings for group members

You can set default email delivery options, the default language, and default time and date display settings, including the timezone, that will apply to new members of the group. To display the page that contains these settings:

  • Desktop browser: In the left menu that appears on all pages in your group’s website, click Admin and then, in the dropdown menu, click Membership and then Defaults.
  • Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a page. When the More menu appears, tap Admin, then Membership, then Defaults.

The resulting page contains a Default Subscription Settings panel with email delivery options and a Default User Settings panel with language, time, and date display settings. For detailed descriptions of all the settings, see the applicable help topics.

In the Default User Settings panel, review the Timezone field. The timezone displayed here matches the timezone that is set in your Groups.io account preferences. If you intend to use the calendar in your group and everyone in your group will be located in the same timezone, ensure that the timezone in this panel is accurate so that group members will receive calendar reminders at the correct time.

! Important: Before you leave this page, remember to click or tap the Update Settings button at the bottom of the page to save any changes you made.

Note: Be aware that group members will be able to override the default email delivery and user settings individually by changing their personal email delivery and account settings. Also, the settings in the Default User Settings panel apply to the accounts of people who are entirely new to Groups.io at the time they join your group (that is, they have not joined any other group at the same email address or otherwise set the time and date preferences in their own account settings).

 

Now go to Step 5: Create a Group Guidelines notice and other member notices.

You can create customized, prewritten notices for your group that can be sent to group members for various reasons. These notices make it convenient for you and designated moderators to send commonly used messages to group members for different situations without having to rewrite the text each time. Some notices can be sent automatically for certain events, such as when someone joins an unrestricted group or when someone leaves a group.

Groups.io provides a number of notice types that you can create or customize for different uses. See Managing group and member notices for a full list.

To create a member notice:

  1. Go to the Notices page:
    • Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Admin > Preferences > Notices
    • Mobile device: Tap the More menu at the bottom of a page, then select Admin > Preferences > Notices on the More menu.
  2. On the Notices page, click or tap the New Notice button.
  3. On the New Notice page, from the Notice Type list, select the notice that you want to create.
  4. Complete the rest of the page.
    Note: For most notice types, you will see an Active Message checkbox. When the checkbox is selected, the notice is sent automatically at the time its corresponding event occurs. Select this checkbox if you want to make the notice you are creating the Active Message for that notice type.
  5. Click or tap the Add Notice button at the bottom.

In your new group, consider creating or customizing these notices before you invite or add any members:

  • Invite
    In an Invite notice, you can provide a personalized message to include in all invitations to join the group.
  • Welcome
    A Welcome notice is always sent to people who join the group. When the group is created, the system generates a default, “canned” Welcome notice. You can edit the default notice to personalize it for your group. If desired, you can create multiple Welcome notices.
  • Group Guidelines
    You could create a Group Guidelines notice to document the rules of conduct and best practices for your group. You can set the Group Guidelines notice to be sent automatically to new members when they join the group as well as automatically to the entire group every month. It will also be accessible on the group’s website through a Guidelines entry in the left navigation menu (for an example, see the GroupManagersForum group).
    Tip: Some sample Group Guidelines notices are available in the wiki in the GroupManagersForum group. Feel free to use those samples as a basis for your group’s guidelines.
  • Monthly Reminder
    You could create a Monthly Reminder notice to remind your group’s members about the basics of using the group, such as how to change their subscription settings, update their email address, post messages to the group, use hashtags in the group, and so on. Consider including a link to the Groups.io Help Center. 
  • Pending Subscription
    If your group is a restricted group and you want to screen potential members before approving their requests to join the group, create a Pending Subscription notice containing the questions that you want potential members to answer.
    Tip: Some templates that you can base your group’s Pending Subscription notice on are available in the wiki in the GroupManagersForum group.
  • Direct Add
    If your group is a paid Premium or Enterprise group, you can create a personalized Direct Add notice to be sent to anyone you add to the group directly.
    Restriction: Direct adding is not available in Free groups or in Premium trial groups.

 

Now go to Step 6: Change the group's cover photo and icon.

You can personalize your group’s home page by changing the default Groups.io image (cover photo) to an image that reflects your group. You can also change the group icon that appears on members’ Feed home pages and in the mobile version of Groups.io. For instructions, see Changing the group's cover photo and icon.

 

Now go to Step 7: Set your moderator notification preferences.

Groups.io provides the ability for group owners and moderators to receive system-generated notifications when certain activities occur in the group. You can receive those notifications by email or as web/app notifications, or both, and you can specify what activities you want to receive notifications about.

To receive web/app notifications, you must first enable them in your Groups.io account settings. You set moderator notification preferences for a specific group in your subscription settings for that group. For details and instructions, see Moderator notifications about group activity.

 

Now go to Step 8: Create some hashtags.

If you intend to use hashtags in your group, consider creating some before your group is fully active. You certainly can create hashtags later and then apply them to existing topics, but at this stage you might want to create any standard hashtags you plan to use in the group (for example, an #admin hashtag for topics that are related to group administration). For more information, see Hashtag uses and notes.

In addition, Groups.io creates specific system hashtags automatically the first time certain types of notices are sent or certain activities occur. For details, see System hashtags and associated notifications.

Tip: If you want to apply specific properties to any system hashtags (such as allowing only moderators to use them or setting them to No Email so messages tagged with those hashtags will not be emailed to members), you can create the hashtags yourself—before they are generated by the system—and apply the desired properties. Make sure the hashtags you create have the same names as the system-generated ones.

 

Now go to Step 9: Try the group’s features.

At this point, you will be the only member of your new group (unless you sent invitations to others to join the group when you were creating it). Before the group has many more members, consider “test driving” some group features so you can check that they are working as expected, and to help you get familiar with them if you are new to Groups.io overall. You might want to ask one or two other people to join your group now and help you test it.

Tip: If you have an additional email address, consider joining your group at that email address as well. It will have a separate Groups.io account. Through that other account, you can be a regular member of the group in addition to being the group’s owner through the account you used to create it. Having a way to experience the group as a regular member can be helpful if you need to do any troubleshooting to help members of your group. Sometimes it can be challenging for members to accurately describe issues they are having, especially if they are new to Groups.io. If you have a separate “regular member” account, you might be able to see the issues from those members’ perspectives and more easily determine how to help them.

Note: In Free groups, only topic and message functions are available. Additional features are available in Premium (trial or paid) and Enterprise groups. If you created a Premium free trial group but opt not to continue with a paid plan at the end of the trial period, any subgroups you created during your trial will be locked and other Premium features will become inaccessible. (Nothing will be deleted in case you decide to upgrade the group in the future.)

Suggestions for some features to try before your group gets fully up and running include:

  • Experiment with topics and messages. For example:
    • Send test messages to the group by email, and post test messages using the group’s website. If you created hashtags for your group, include hashtags in some topics.
    • Edit the content of messages in the archive.
    • Edit the properties of topics (such as subject line and hashtags) in the archive.
    • Pin a topic (make it sticky) on the Topics page.
    • Delete test messages from the archive.
  • In the calendar, add, modify, and delete some test events. Try the RSVP feature.
  • In the Files section, create folders and upload some files. Update and delete files and folders. Check that the #file-notice system hashtag behaves as you expected, especially if you created it before it was generated systematically.
  • In the Photos section, create albums and upload some photos. Edit and delete photos and albums. Check that the #photo-notice system hashtag behaves as you expected, especially if you created it before it was generated systematically.
  • If you plan to use databases in your group, create a table in the Databases section.
  • In the Wiki section, create, edit, and delete some wiki pages. Check that the #wiki-notice system hashtag behaves as you expected, especially if you created it before it was generated systematically. Try pinning a wiki page (making it sticky) on the Topics page.
  • Create a subgroup.

 

Now go to Step 10: Invite or add members to your group.

When you are satisfied with your group’s initial setup, invite people to join the group. For instructions as well as information on tracking invitations, see Inviting people to join a group.

In a restricted group, you can screen prospective members before you allow them to join the group. See the Screening New Members Using the Pending Subscription Notice wiki page in the GroupManagersForum group.

If you created a paid Premium or Enterprise group, you can add people to your group directly without going through the invitation process. For instructions, see Adding members directly.

Note: Free groups and Premium trial groups must use the invitation process. Only paid groups can add members directly.

 

Now go to Step 11: Designate a backup owner and some moderators.

It is a good idea to have at least one additional owner for your group as backup in case you become unavailable or incapacitated. You also might want to have additional moderators, depending on your group’s size and activity level, to help you manage the group. Moderators can have different sets of permissions, so you can assign specific permissions to different people if you want them to handle only certain moderation activities.

! Important: Moderators cannot change anyone’s role to owner, and they cannot delete groups. If you are the sole owner of your group and something happens to you, the group might have difficulty continuing without you and have to be abandoned or completely reestablished under a new owner. Therefore, if you want to ensure that the group will continue, you should designate a trusted backup owner or co-owner.

Before someone can be a moderator or additional owner, they must be a member of the group. After your group has some members, you can pick those you trust to have owner or moderator roles. For instructions on changing a group member’s role to owner or moderator, see Making a member an owner or moderator.

 

Now go to Step 12: Manage the group.

Understand the controls for moderating messages

As the group owner, you can determine whether messages must be moderated—that is, approved by you or designated moderators before they are posted to the group. Groups.io provides controls for moderating messages at group, hashtag, topic, and individual member levels. This flexibility allows groups to moderate messages using the means that make the most sense for their particular needs.

View a table that summarizes the moderation control levels and settings and where to find them. 

Note: On a mobile device, tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page to access the Admin menu.

Control level

Location

Settings related to moderation

Group

Admin > Preferences > Settings > Group Type and Moderation panel

Group

Admin > Preferences > Settings > Message Policies panel

Group

Admin > Preferences > Settings > Message Formatting panel

Individual member

Admin > Members > an individual member’s page > Posting Privileges panel

  • Use Group Moderation Setting
  • Override: not moderated
  • Override: moderated
  • Override: new member moderated
  • Override: not allowed to post
  • Override: moderate the first message of every topic this person starts
  • Override: moderate all messages of every topic this person starts

For descriptions, see Moderating individual members.

Hashtag

Create Hashtag page
or
Edit Hashtag page

  • Topic Duration (list) in conjunction with Lock Topic (checkbox)
  • Moderated (checkbox)
  • Replies Unmoderated (checkbox)
  • Locked (checkbox)
  • Use by Mods Only (checkbox)

For descriptions, see Creating a hashtag.

Topic

Topic Properties page or menu

(See Editing the properties of topics in the archive.)

  • Moderate Topic
  • Lock Topic

In Premium (trial or paid) and Enterprise groups, Groups.io provides an Integrations feature that you can use to connect your group with outside services, which allows those services to send outside content to your group. Those integrations can also be moderated. For details, see About integrations with outside services.

For instructions on approving or rejecting pending messages as well as information on other message management tasks such as splitting or merging topics, locking or deleting topics, and editing topic properties or message content in the archive, see the applicable help topics.

Become familiar with the member list

To display your group’s member list:

  • Desktop browser: Select Admin > Members in the left menu on the group’s website.
  • Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group’s page, then select Admin > Members on the More menu.

The member list is where you can see the subscription preferences, moderation status, and other information about your group’s members. The list contains members’ display names, email addresses, email delivery methods, and the dates they joined (or were approved to join) the group. Click or tap in a member’s row to display their individual membership record, which contains additional details.

At the top of the member list is a Filter button that you can use to display only the members who are in certain categories or who have a certain email delivery setting, moderation status, or message selection setting. In the Filter dropdown menu, select the checkbox or checkboxes for the members you want to see, then scroll to the bottom of the menu and click or tap Apply.

Certain colored badges might appear in entries in the member list to indicate a member’s email delivery status, email delivery setting, or moderation status. See Member badges for a list of these badges and their descriptions.

For instructions on approving or rejecting pending members as well as information on other member management tasks such as moderating individual members, removing members, and banning members, see the applicable help topics.

Make use of the group’s activity log

Groups.io records all activity that occurs in the group in an activity log. You and designated moderators can use the activity log to review various types of group activity, research email delivery errors, and so on.

For more information, see Displaying the activity log.

Join the Beta group to keep up with changes to Groups.io

To keep up with changes to Groups.io, join the Groups.io Beta group. This group discusses the Groups.io service and how it can be improved. You can also post suggestions and bug reports in that group. The Beta group is monitored by the Groups.io team.

Use Help Center resources when you have questions

When you have questions about managing your group—and no doubt you will—see the additional topics and resources in the Groups.io Help Center.

You can use a Pending Subscription notice to request information from prospective group members before you approve them to join your group. The group must be set up as a restricted group in the group's spam control settings. See the Pending Subscription notice and Group type and moderation settings help topics.

  • The storage space allocation goes from 30 GB to 1 GB.
  • Any subgroups are locked.
    Exception: If your group was created before January 15, 2020, subgroups will remain accessible because Free (formerly called Basic) groups created before that date were able to have subgroups. This exception applies to free groups created before January 15, 2020 that were upgraded either before or after that date as well as to Premium groups created before that date.
  • All features become unavailable except those related to sending and managing messages. However, nothing is deleted in case you decide to upgrade again in the future.
    Exception: If your group was created before August 24, 2020, the downgraded Free group will retain the calendar, chat, database, member directory, files, photos, poll, and wiki features.

If the sole owner has died, do any relatives still have access to the owner’s email account? If so, tell them to follow the instructions in Logging in without setting a password to get an email link to log in to Groups.io under the owner’s email address. After they are logged in to Groups.io under the owner’s email address, they can go to the group in question and change the role of another group member to Owner.

Note: If someone has access to the owner’s computer, it is possible that the owner’s Groups.io account might still be logged in on their web browser if the account’s 30-day login cookie in that browser has not expired.

If no one has access to the owner’s email account or computer, you can contact Groups.io Support, explain the situation, and ask to be made an owner of the group.

Tip: After someone is able to log in to the group as an owner, they should designate at least one other member as an additional owner, to avoid this situation again in the future.

Groups.io does not permit these types of groups, content, and behavior:

  • Pornography, adult content, or nudity.
  • Harassment of any kind.
  • Groups that share media or content whose distribution would be in violation of copyright law.
  • Groups dedicated to the promotion of extreme, hateful, or exclusionary ideas, including but not limited to the alt-right.
  • Groups dedicated to the promotion of conspiracy theories, including, but not limited to: Gamergate, Pizzagate, and Qanon.
  • Groups dedicated to the promotion of anti-vaccination ideologies.
  • Groups that are designed strictly to use our directory as an advertisement for something other than the group itself.
  • Groups dedicated to sharing tags, tubes, PaintShop Pro files, GIFs, Incredimail or other stationery, or graphics.

When you are logged in to Groups.io, go your group’s website and look for a blue Owner or Mod (Moderator) badge next to the Home icon in the left navigation menu (in a desktop browser) or on the More menu (in a mobile browser or the mobile app). If the badge is not shown, check that you are logged in to Groups.io with the email address that has owner or moderator privileges for that group.

The number of members shown on a group’s home page does not include any members in the member list who have a status of B (Bouncing), B (Bounced), or NC (Not Confirmed). The disparity between these numbers is due to the per-member pricing that Groups.io implemented for groups created on or after February 8, 2021 at 9:00 a.m. U.S. Pacific Time. The number of members shown on the home page is the one that is factored into the group’s per-member pricing, if applicable.

Groups.io provides people who share common interests with an ad-free platform for communicating with each other through email groups and group websites.

Three levels of plans are available in Groups.io: Free, Premium (paid), and Enterprise (paid). Free groups provide only functions related to sending, storing, and managing messages. Premium and Enterprise groups provide additional collaboration features such as calendars, databases, and wikis.

Depending on the level of the group and the features and permissions enabled by the group’s owner, members of a Groups.io group can:

  • Send messages to the group either through the group’s website or by email.
  • Use the group’s web-based collaboration features:
    • Calendar
    • Chats (similar to chat rooms on other platforms)
    • Files
    • Databases
    • Photos
    • Polls
    • Wiki

For more information about the features and benefits of Groups.io, see the Features page on the Groups.io website.

Groups.io provides several ways that prospective members can join (subscribe to) groups:

  • Find a group in Groups.io’s public list of groups and submit a request to join.
  • Receive and respond to an invitation from a group owner or moderator to join the group.
  • Receive a notice from a group owner or moderator that you have been directly added to a group.
  • Send an email message to the group’s subscription email address.

Group owners set the default email message delivery method for their groups. However, after you join a group, you can select a different delivery method for that group’s email messages as well as use other options to help you manage messages. See Subscription page.

Group owners and moderators can invite prospective members to join their groups by sending email invitations. In many cases, such groups will not be listed in the public directory on Groups.io.

If you receive an emailed invitation to join a group:

  • The subject line of the email message will be “Invitation to join the groupname@groups.io group” (with the actual group’s name in place of groupname).
  • A personal note from the group owner or moderator who sent the invitation might be included in the text of the message.
  • You can accept the invitation by replying to the email or clicking a link to accept the invitation on the group’s website. Be aware that the link will expire 14 days after the invitation was sent.

Note:

  • If you do not already have a Groups.io account when you accept an invitation to join a group, you will receive an email from Groups.io asking you to confirm your subscription.
  • If a group owner or moderator informs you that they invited you to join the group, but you have not received the invitation email, check the spam folder in your email application. If the invitation ended up in that folder, ensure that you mark it as not spam so your email provider’s filters will start learning to accept messages from the groups.io domain as legitimate.

Groups.io maintains a directory of publicly listed groups that you can search to find groups you might be interested in joining. When you find a group you are interested in, you can submit a request to join it:

  1. In the blue header at the top of any Groups.io page, click or tap the Find or Create a Group link in a desktop or mobile browser or the Find a Group link in the mobile app.
    Note: On a mobile device, you might need to use landscape orientation to see that link in the blue header. In portrait orientation, you can tap your profile photo (or the generic icon if you have not set a profile photo) on the right side of the blue header and then select Find or Create a Group or Find a Group from the dropdown menu.
  2. On the Publicly Listed Groups page that appears, look for a group that you are interested in. You can use these methods to narrow the list:
    • Enter keywords in the Search field at the top and then click or tap the Search button.
    • Use the left menu options to filter the list of groups:
      • Most Popular
      • Most Active
      • Newest
      • By Name

      Note: In portrait orientation on a mobile device, scroll to the bottom of the page to see those options.

  3. When you find a group that you want to join, click or tap its link to go to its home page on Groups.io.

    Restriction: Someone who has been banned from a group that they want to join will be unable to get to that group’s home page while they are logged in to Groups.io.

  4. On the group’s home page, look for a button you can click or tap to join the group:
    • If it is an unrestricted group that anyone can join without requiring approval from the group’s moderators, the button is labeled Join This Group.
    • If it is a restricted group that requires membership requests to be approved by the moderators, the button is labeled Apply For Membership In This Group.
  5. Click or tap the button and follow the subsequent instructions.

Tip: If the Group Settings section on a group’s home page states “Archive is visible to anyone,” the Group Information section on that home page will contain a link to the group’s RSS feed. (See the Group_Help group for an example.) You can subscribe to that group’s feed using your RSS feed reader/application of choice, without joining the group. However, you will not be able to add topics or reply to topics unless you become a member of the group.

If you have been given the subscription email address for the group, or you happen to know the group’s name, you can send an empty email message to the subscription address to join the group (or request membership, if the group is restricted). The format of the subscription email address is:

groupname+subscribe@groups.io

(Substitute the actual group name for groupname.)

! Important: After you send a message to a group’s subscription email address, you will receive a confirmation request message from Groups.io. You must respond to that confirmation request to complete your subscription and join the group.

Tip: For other email addresses you can use for actions related to your group membership, see Standard group email addresses.

In Premium and Enterprise groups, owners and moderators can add members directly without having to send invitations and wait for responses. If you receive an email message with a subject line of “You have been added to the groupname@groups.io group,” the group’s owner or a moderator has added you directly to that group.

Note: The email message contains a link that you can click to remove yourself from the group in case the addition was a mistake.

In certain situations, you will receive an email message from Groups.io asking you to reply to complete your subscription. The situations that generate this message are:

  • You do not have a Groups.io account, and you click or tap a Join This Group button on a group’s website.
  • You do not have a Groups.io account, and you accept an email invitation to join a group.
  • You have a Groups.io account but you are not logged in to it, and you click or tap a Join This Group button on a group’s website.
  • You are logged in to a Groups.io account but you do not yet belong to any groups, and you click or tap a Join This Group button on a group’s website.
  • You send an email request to join a group that is restricted (that is, a group owner or moderator must approve membership requests).
  • You change the email address in your Groups.io account.
  • You create a new Groups.io account.

The subject line of the email message is “Confirm your Groups.io subscription.”

! Important: You must reply to that message to verify your email address and complete your subscription. You do not need to include any additional text in your reply.

Note:

  • If you do not respond to the “Confirm your Groups.io subscription” message, you will not receive group messages or have access to the group’s website on Groups.io.
  • After you belong to at least one group, you will not receive “Confirm your Groups.io subscription” messages for additional groups that you join by using the Join This Group button on those groups’ websites.

Tip: If you think you should be getting group messages but you are not receiving any, check the spam folder in your email application in case a “Confirm your Groups.io subscription” message was routed there mistakenly by your email provider.

Premium and Enterprise groups (plus Free groups that existed before January 15, 2020, 9:00 a.m. U.S. Pacific Time) can have subgroups. A subgroup is a group within another group and contains a subset of the members of the parent (main) group.

Subgroups have all the functionality of normal groups, but for you to be a member of a subgroup, you must first be a member of the parent group. If you join a group that has subgroups, the group’s owner or moderator will determine whether to include you as a member of any subgroups and invite or add you to them accordingly. You also might be allowed to join a subgroup on your own, depending on the group’s settings.

Note: If you receive an invitation to join a subgroup and you are not a member of the parent group, you will be added to the parent group automatically when you accept the subgroup invitation.

Related help topic

  1. About subgroups

If you decide you no longer want to be a member of a group, you can use any of these methods to leave (unsubscribe from) that group:

  • Click or tap the Unsubscribe link in the footer of an email message from that group.
  • Send an email message to the group’s unsubscribe address (see Standard group email addresses).
  • Go to the group’s website, display your Subscription page, go to the bottom of that page, and click or tap the Leave Group button.
  • Go to the Your Groups home page, select the checkbox next to the group you want to leave, click or tap the Actions button at the bottom of the page, and select Unsubscribe.

A Groups.io account is identified by your email address and is an online record of this Groups.io information associated with that email address:

  • Which groups you belong to at that address
  • Your Groups.io password (if you set one) or social login method (if you use one) for that address
  • Preferences and settings that apply to all the groups you belong to at that address

If you do not have a Groups.io account when you join your first Groups.io group, a Groups.io account is created for you automatically and associated with the email address you used to join the group. Alternatively, you can create a Groups.io account before you join any groups using that email address (see Creating a Groups.io account).

Note: If you use different email addresses to join different groups, you will have a different Groups.io account associated with each email address. However, you can be logged in to only one Groups.io account at a time—unless you use separate web browsers or special browser features to separate the cookies used in different browser windows.

! Important: With the exceptions of “Confirm your subscription” messages and “Your Groups.io Account is Bouncing” notifications, Groups.io will not send you unsolicited email messages asking you to authenticate your Groups.io account by clicking a link. If you receive an email that requests Groups.io account authentication and it is not one of the exceptions mentioned above, it could be a phishing email and you should not click any links in it.

Tip: A good practice is to examine the link’s underlying URL. If the URL is not from groups.io, the message could be a phishing attempt. (In desktop web browsers, the URL typically is displayed at the bottom left of the browser window when you hover your pointer over a link. In the message window of an email application, the URL might appear in a popup. If you are not sure now to display a link’s underlying URL, check your browser’s or email application’s online help.)

Restriction: This feature is available only through a desktop browser or mobile browser. It is not available in the Groups.io mobile app due to rules imposed by Google Play and the Apple App Store.

If you do not already have a Groups.io account, you can create one:

  1. Go to https://groups.io/register.
  2. On the Join Groups.io page, use one of these methods to create the account:
    • Complete the Email address and Password fields, then click or tap the Create An Account button.
      Note: Groups.io does not require you to set a password for your account. See Logging in without setting a password.
    • If you would prefer to log in to Groups.io through a Facebook or Google account, click the appropriate button (in a mobile browser, you might have to scroll down to see the buttons), and follow the subsequent instructions.

About Groups.io logins

To use any of the web-based features and have access to all the content of groups you belong to, you must be logged in to your Groups.io account. You can log in to your account using any of the methods listed below.

You can be logged in to your Groups.io account on multiple devices at the same time. You do not need to log out on one device before you log in on another one.

Logging in without setting a password

Groups.io does not require group members to set account passwords. If you create an account but do not set a password at that time, you can have Groups.io email you a link that you can use to log in to your account. The login is valid for up to 30 days if cookies are retained on that device (see the note below).

To log in to your Groups.io account using an emailed link:

  1. In a web browser, go to https://groups.io/sendloginlink.
  2. In the Email Address field, enter the email address of the account you want to log in to.
  3. Click or tap the Email me a link to log in button.
  4. When you receive the email message (the subject is “Link to log into Groups.io”), click or tap the login link provided in the message. You are logged in to Groups.io, and your Groups.io home page is displayed on the website.
    ! Important: The login link in the email message expires after 24 hours.  

After you log in to your Groups.io account on a particular device or browser, you stay logged in for at least 30 days. The login period is managed by a cookie stored in your browser. If your browser or device does not accept cookies, you will not be able to use individual group websites except to browse public areas.

Note:

  • The login cookie expires in 30 days, but each visit to a group website extends the 30-day timeout period.
  • If you delete your browser cookies (or your security software deletes them), you will be logged out.
  • If your browser is set to delete cookies on exit, you will be logged out.
  • If your browser is set to Private Browsing, you must log in again.

Logging in with your email address and password

If you set a password for your Groups.io account, you will not have to deal with your login cookie expiring every 30 days. For instructions, see Setting, changing, or deleting your password.

To log in to your account with your email address and password:

  1. Go to the Groups.io website or open the mobile app, and click or tap the Log In link at the top right of the blue page header.
    Tip: 
    • On a mobile device, use landscape orientation to see the Log In link. Or in portrait orientation, tap your profile picture (or the generic profile icon if you have not set a picture) on the right side of the blue page header and then select Log In from the dropdown menu. 
    • You can use this link to go directly to the login page: https://groups.io/login 
  2. On the resulting login page, enter your email address and password.
  3. Click or tap the Log In button.

Logging in through Facebook or Google

Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, it is not possible to log in through Facebook or Google due to rules imposed by the Apple App Store and Google Play. To log in through Facebook or Google on a mobile device, use a mobile browser.

If you have a Facebook or Google account and prefer to log in to Groups.io through that account:

  1. Go to the Groups.io website and click or tap the Log In link at the top right of the blue page header. 
    Tip: 
    • In a mobile browser, use landscape orientation to see the Log In link. Or in portrait orientation, tap your profile picture (or the generic profile icon if you have not set a picture) on the right side of the blue page header and then select Log In from the dropdown menu. 
    • You can use this link to go directly to the login page: https://groups.io/login 
  2. On the resulting login page, click or tap the Log In with Facebook button or the Log In with Google button, as applicable.

Note: You might need to enable the setting in your Groups.io account that allows you to log in through Facebook or Google. See Setting or changing your social login preference.

You can use any of these methods to display your Groups.io account settings:

  • In a browser, go to https://groups.io/settings. (If you are not logged in to Groups.io, you will be prompted to log in, and after you log in, your account settings will be displayed.)
  • Desktop browser: When you are logged in to Groups.io, click your display name or email address at the upper right of a group’s web page, then select Settings from the dropdown menu. 
  • Mobile device:
    • Landscape orientation: When you are logged in to Groups.io, tap your display name or email address at the upper right of a group’s web page, then select Settings on the dropdown menu.
    • Portrait orientation: When you are logged in to Groups.io, tap your profile picture (or the generic icon if you have not set a profile picture) in the Groups.io page header, then select Settings on the dropdown menu.

About Groups.io profiles

In Groups.io, you have a member profile for your overall account as well as a separate profile for each individual group that you belong to.

Information that is in your account profile is automatically applied to your individual group profiles, but you can change the information in your group profiles. For example, you might want to display different profile information for different types of groups you belong to such as hobby groups, community groups, professional interest groups, general interest groups, and so on.

Customizing your overall Groups.io account profile

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Identity.
    Mobile device: Tap the Identity icon at the bottom of the page.
    A page appears with your overall Groups.io account profile information.
  3. Complete your account profile as desired (all elements are optional except for Profile Privacy):
    • Use the Browse button to select a photo to associate with your profile.

    • Usernames can be @mentioned in Groups.io chat messages. If you want to have a username in Groups.io, enter a unique, short name with no punctuation or spaces. This name appears with an at sign (@) in front of it and is shown after your display name (if you set one) in individual group profiles.

      Note: This username applies to all your individual group profiles as well. You cannot change it in those profiles.

    • Enter the name you want listed with your messages (for example, your first and last names). In a dekstop browser, and on a mobile device in landscape orientation, this name also appears as your account name at the upper right of group pages.

      Note:

      • This field might be populated automatically with the name from your incoming email header (if the header contains that information) the first time you post a message to the group by email. You can change the name here and it will be used in all subsequent messages that you post to groups. Changes in this field do not affect the email header in your email application.
      • The name you enter here is displayed in all the groups you belong to at this email address. If you want to use a different display name in an individual group, customize your profile for that group (see below).
      • Group owners and moderators can change the display names of members in their groups. Such changes affect only those groups; the display names in members’ account profiles are not affected.
    • (required)

      Select who can see your profile information:

      • Only group owners & moderators
      • Other members of your groups
      • Public

      Note: This setting also controls whether your profile is listed in the member directories of the groups you belong to. You can change it for individual groups by customizing your profiles for those groups (see below).

    • Enter and format text that explains who you are (or whatever information you want to provide).

      Note: If you want to provide a signature that is added to messages you post to groups from group websites, you can do so on the Subscription page for each group.

    • Enter your location.

    • Enter the URL of your personal website.

  4. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Overall Profile button.

Note: Changes you make to your overall profile also are applied to the corresponding fields in your individual group profiles unless you previously customized those fields in those profiles. You can go to a group profile to edit those customized fields.

Customizing your profile for an individual group

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Identity.
    Mobile device: Tap the Identity icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. On the resulting page, click or tap the Overall Profile button at the top to display a dropdown list of your groups, then select the group for which you want to customize your profile.
  4. Complete your group profile page as desired (see the instructions above for customizing your overall profile).
  5. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update Group Profile button.
    Tip: You can click or tap the Reset Group Profile button to set all fields back to the information that is in your overall account profile.

Tip: Another way to get to your profile for an individual group is to go to that group and select Subscription > Group Profile from the left menu (in a desktop browser) or the More menu (on a mobile device). Then click or tap the Edit Group Profile button to customize that profile.

Setting or changing your password

If you did not set a password when you created your Groups.io account and later decide to set one, or if you want to change an existing password:

  1. Display your account settings and select Login (if that page is not displayed already).
  2. In the Login panel at the top of the page, in the New Password field, enter your new password. It must be at least 6 characters long.
  3. Click or tap Set Password (if you are setting a password for your account) or Change Password (if you are changing an existing password).

Tip: The main advantage of setting a password for your Groups.io account is so you do not have to deal with your login expiring in 30 days (see Logging in without setting a password).

Deleting your password

If you have a Groups.io password and later decide you no longer want to use a password to log in to Groups.io, you can delete your password:

  1. Display your account settings and select Login (if that page is not displayed already).
  2. In the Login panel at the top of the page, under the New Password field, click or tap Delete Password.
    Groups.io deletes the password and displays a banner at the top of the page stating that your password has been deleted.

Note: It is not possible to delete your password if two-factor authentication (2FA) is enabled in your Groups.io account.

Setting or changing your social login preference

Setting your language, time, and date display preferences

Setting your preferred text editor

Setting dark mode

Setting the number of items to show on group web pages

Setting up or disabling 2FA

Seeing copies of your own messages that you email to groups

If you want to log in to Groups.io through Facebook or Google instead of logging in using an email address (and, optionally, a password):

  1. Display your account settings and select Login (if that page is not displayed already).
  2. Scroll to the Social Logins panel.
    Note: This panel is not available in the Groups.io mobile app. However, it is available in a mobile browser.
  3. Select the applicable checkbox (or you can select both of them) and click or tap Change Social Login Preferences.

Note: If you registered through Facebook or Google when you created your Groups.io account, or if the first time you logged in to Groups.io was through Facebook or Google, the associated checkbox will already be selected on your Login page.

In your Groups.io account, you can set display preferences that apply to all of the groups you belong to at that email address:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Preferences.
    Mobile device: Tap the Prefs icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. On the resulting page, in the Display Preferences panel, change the desired preference:
    • Set the language in which Groups.io user interface elements and notifications will be displayed. From the list, select the language you want to use.

      Note: If you notice any translation errors, or if you are interested in contributing to Groups.io’s internationalization efforts, see Language Support.

    • Set the timezone used for displaying times on group websites. From the list, select the timezone you want to use.

    • Display times on group websites using a 12-hour clock or a 24-hour clock. From the list, select the hour format you want to use.

    • Set the display of numeric dates on group websites. From the list, select the date format you want to use.

    • Select this checkbox if you want the week in group calendars to start on Monday instead of Sunday.

  4. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap Update Preferences.

You can specify your preferred text editor for composing messages, creating member notices, entering calendar events, and creating or editing wiki pages on group websites:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Preferences.
    Mobile device: Tap the Prefs icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. On the resulting page, scroll down to the Editor Preference panel.
  4. From the list, select the editor you want to use for composing text on group websites:
    • Select this editor to compose text in HTML using a full-featured editor that includes a formatting toolbar.
      Note: If you join a group that the owner has set to Plain Text Only, your message composition page will not use the HTML editor.

    • Select this editor to compose text in a markup language that looks and works like plain text as you edit it. Markdown uses particular characters or sequences of characters to represent formatting such as bold, italic, bulleted and numbered lists, links, and headings. With this editor, the only buttons available on the text formatting toolbar are Quote Whole Post and Add Attachments.

    • Select this editor to compose text with no additional formatting.

  5. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap Update Preferences.

You can specify whether Groups.io pages are displayed in dark mode (light text on a dark background):

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Preferences.
    Mobile device: Tap the Prefs icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. On the resulting page, scroll down to the Dark Mode panel.
  4. From the list, select your dark mode preference:
    • Groups.io uses the browser, system, or device setting.

    • Dark mode is always off for Groups.io.

    • Dark mode is always on for Groups.io.

  5. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap Update Preferences.

You can specify the number of items to show in lists on group web pages: 

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Preferences.
    Mobile device: Tap the Prefs icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. On the resulting page, in the Items Per Page list at the bottom of the Display Preferences panel, select the number of items—20, 50, 100, or infinite scroll—you want to see in lists of those items on group web pages.
  4. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap Update Preferences.

This setting affects pages that display lists of:

  • Messages
  • Topics
  • Files
  • Photos
  • Database table rows
  • Members
  • Hashtags

Note: The infinite scroll setting might not be usable on all pages (for example, database tables). In such cases, the items listed per page will revert back to 20 items.

Overview

If you log in to Groups.io with your email address and a password, you can set up two-factor authentication (2FA) to protect your Groups.io account with an extra level of security.

! Important: Once you enable two-factor authentication, you will not be able to log in to Groups.io through a social login (Google or Facebook) or by using the Groups.io function to email you a link to log in.

Setting up 2FA

Note: If you are logged in to Groups.io through Facebook or Google, you cannot set up two-factor authentication. You must log out of Groups.io and then log back in using your email address and a password.

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Security.
    Mobile device:Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then tap Security on the More menu.
  3. On the resulting page, click or tap the Set Up Two-Factor Authentication button.
  4. In the Enable Two-Factor popup that appears, enter your Groups.io account password and click or tap the Enable button.
  5. On the resulting page:
    • Follow the instructions to configure your authenticator app to receive security codes from Groups.io.
    • Enter the security code from your app.
    • Click or tap the Validate button.

    You are returned to the Security page, and a green banner at the top states that two-factor authentication is now set up.

  6. On the Security page, click or tap the View your recovery codes link, and save the resulting list of recovery codes in a safe place. If you lose access to your device and cannot receive two-factor authentication codes, you will need a recovery code to access your Groups.io account.

Note: If the authentication code is lost (for example, if a device is reset to factory settings), and you no longer have your recovery codes, you must contact Groups.io Support to be able to log in.

Disabling 2FA

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Security.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then tap Security on the More menu.
  3. On the resulting page, click or tap the Disable two-factor authentication button.
  4. In the Verify Disable Two-Factor popup that appears, enter your Groups.io account password and click or tap the Disable button. You are returned to the Security page, and a green banner at the top states that two-factor authentication has been disabled.

Some email providers—notably Gmail—do not show their users copies of the messages that those users send to Groups.io groups through email. If (a) you use one of those providers, (b) your Groups.io email delivery option is set to Individual Messages, and (c) you want to ensure that you see copies in your email application of messages that you have emailed to your groups, follow these steps:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Preferences.
    Mobile device: Tap the Prefs icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. Scroll to the Email Preferences panel near the bottom of the page.
  4. Under My Messages, select the I always want copies of my own emails checkbox.
    Note: This checkbox is selected by default in new Groups.io accounts. If you do not want to see copies of your own messages, clear this checkbox.
  5. Click or tap the Update Preferences button at the bottom of the page.

For those interested in the technical details: When this checkbox is selected, Groups.io replaces the Message-Id header with a new, system-generated one and renames the original Message-Id header to X-Orig-Message-Id.

To change your email address:

  1. Log in to your Groups.io account if you are not already logged in.
  2. Display your account settings and select Login (if that page is not displayed already).
  3. In the Login panel at the top of the page, in the New Email field, enter your new email address.
  4. Click or tap the Change Email button.
  5. In the Verify Email Change popup that appears:
    • ! Important: Carefully review the new email address, which is displayed in bold, and ensure that it is correct.
      (If it contains a typo or other error, click or tap Cancel to return to the Login page, then reenter the new address and click or tap Change Email again.)
    • If you are certain that the new email address is correct, click or tap Yes. Groups.io sends a confirmation email to the new address.
  6. When you receive the confirmation email from Groups.io at the new address, reply to that email to confirm the change.

Note:

  • This change applies to all groups you are subscribed to at the original email address.
    Tip: If you want to change the email address for only one group, you will need to create a new Groups.io account with the new address, then subscribe to the group from that address. You will also need to unsubscribe your old address from that group so that you receive its messages only at your new email address.
  • If the new email address is already registered with Groups.io, a page appears that explains the account merge process and prompts you to verify that you want to merge your Groups.io accounts.

If the email provider you use for your Groups.io account sends your outgoing messages from an address that is different from your account address, or if you want to be able to send messages to groups from an additional address (for example, a work address) that is different from your account address, you can add an email alias to your account:

  1. Log in to your Groups.io account if you are not already logged in.
  2. Display your account settings and select Login (if that page is not displayed already).
  3. At the bottom of the page, click or tap Advanced Settings for Email Addresses to expand that panel.
  4. In the Email Alias field, enter the address you want to be able to send messages from.
  5. Click or tap the Add Email Alias button. That address is now listed under Email Aliases.

Note:

  • You will not receive group messages and notifications at addresses that you set up as email aliases. Group messages and notifications are sent only to the email address that is registered with your Groups.io account.
  • If you add an email alias, you can log in to your Groups.io account using that alias, just as you would with your account address. You will be logged into Groups.io as though you had logged in through your account address. Logging in to Groups.io through an email alias that is linked to your account address does not create an additional Groups.io account.
  • To delete an alias, click or tap the X next to it.

If you make an error (such as a typo) when you change the email address for your Groups.io account, you can try these steps to recover your account and correct the email address:

Note: These steps assume that you have a password set for your Groups.io account.

  1. Log out of your Groups.io account.
  2. Log in to Groups.io using the misspelled email address and your original password—that is, the one associated with your correct email address.
    Note: You cannot use the “Email me a link to log in” option on the Log In page because the link will be sent to the misspelled email address, which presumably does not exist (or possibly could belong to someone else).
  3. Go to your Groups.io account settings and change the email address to the correct one.

Tip: If you are not sure what the misspelled email address is (for example, you do not remember what the typo was) so you can enter it in step 2 above, you can try contacting the owner of a group you belong to and asking them to tell you what email address is associated with your membership. Send an email to groupname+owner@groups.io (substituting the actual group’s name for groupname). If the group is a Premium or Enterprise group, you could ask the group’s owner to correct your email address for you. In Free groups, owners cannot change members’ email addresses.

If you have two (or more) Groups.io accounts, you can merge them into one account so you can access all your groups from one account. The merge will deactivate and delete all your accounts except the one you are merging the other account(s) into. 

Note: If you own any groups under an account you want to deactivate, your ownership will be moved to the account you are merging the other account into. That is, you will not lose ownership of groups you own under the account being deactivated.

To merge accounts:

  1. Log in to the Groups.io account that you want to deactivate (that is, the account you want to merge into another account).
  2. Display the account settings for that account.
  3. In the New Email field, clear the address that is there, and enter the email address of the destination account (the one that you want to merge this account into).
  4. Click or tap the Change Email button. The Verify Email Change popup appears.
  5. In the popup, ensure that the email address of the destination account is correct, and click or tap Yes. Groups.io displays a page that says: 

    “You have specified an email address, [destination address], that already has an account at Groups.io. If you wish to merge this account, [address to be deactivated], into that account, click the Merge Accounts button. An email will be sent to [destination address] with a link that, when clicked, will cause the accounts to be merged and this account to be deleted.”

  6. Click or tap the Merge button under that text. Groups.io displays a notification that an email has been sent to the destination address you entered.
  7. In the email application for your destination email address, open the email from Groups.io (the subject is “Confirm merging accounts”). Click the link in that email for merging the accounts. The link opens the Groups.io Log In page.
  8. Log in to Groups.io under your destination email address. Groups.io displays the Merge Accounts page, which says:

    “Do you wish to merge the account associated with the email address [address to be deactivated] with your account? This will cause all subscriptions associated with [address to be deactivated] to be moved to your account and the [address to be deactivated] account will be deleted.”

  9. Click or tap the Merge button under that text. Groups.io completes the merge process and displays your Feed home page with a green banner at the top that says “Your accounts have been merged.”

You can download (export) copies of your contributions to any groups that you belong to (including your own messages), photos and files that you uploaded to Premium or Enterprise group websites, and other group content.

To export your Groups.io account data:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Export My Account button.
  3. On the Export Account Data page, select the checkboxes for the groups (and subgroups, if applicable) that you want to export data from.
  4. Click or tap the Generate Export button. Groups.io displays a green banner at the top of the page stating that your request has been submitted and that you can expect an email with a link to download a zip file (a compressed archive file) within 10 minutes.
  5. When you receive the email (the sender is Groups.io User Export Service, and the subject is “Export of [your email address]”), click or tap the Download User Export link, and open or save the zip file.
    Note: The download link in the email is valid for 24 hours.

Premium and Enterprise groups can request donations from their group members, and all groups can enable a sponsorship feature. If you have made donations to or sponsored a group, you can review your donation or sponsorship history in your Groups.io account:

  1. Go to your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Billing.
    Mobile browser: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then tap Billing on the More menu.
    Restriction: In the Groups.io mobile app, the Billing entry is not available due to rules imposed by Google Play and the Apple App Store. Therefore, on a mobile device, you must use a browser to see the Billing page.
  3. On the Billing page, review the Donation History panel and the Sponsorship History panel. 

Your account’s Billing page also allows you to specify a credit card to keep on file with Groups.io. If you already used a credit card to make a donation or payment, that card’s information is shown here.

Note: If you are the designated payer for any paid groups, your Billing page shows your Groups.io payment history on the Group Payment History panel.

Overview of bouncing

When group messages cannot be delivered by email to a group member for some reason, the nondelivery events are called bounces. Those events put that member’s Groups.io account into a bouncing state that affects all the groups the member belongs to with that account’s email address.

Groups.io tries to notify a bouncing member by sending them an email message that has the subject line “Your Groups.io Account is Bouncing.” Also, when a bouncing member logs in to the Groups.io website, a red banner at the top of the page informs them that their account is bouncing.

Note: When a Groups.io account is bouncing, the member can still log in to group websites and read and post messages there. Bouncing affects only email delivery; it does not affect the member’s ability to use group websites.

Checking recent email bounces

If you realize that you have not received any group email messages for a while, but you have not received an email notification that your account is bouncing, you can check your account to see whether group email messages are bouncing:

  1. Go to your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Bounces.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then tap Bounces on the More menu.
  3. Review the Bounces page to see whether any messages are listed there and, if so, what the associated error messages are.

Tip: You can also check your email delivery history in individual groups you subscribe to. See Checking your email delivery history for a group.

What to do if your account is bouncing

When your Groups.io account is bouncing, you can try to “unbounce” your account using any of these methods:

  • If you received a “Your Groups.io Account is Bouncing” email notification, click or tap the link in the email to unbounce your account.
  • Make sure you are not logged in to Groups.io, and go to the Groups.io Log In page. Click or tap the Email me a link to log in button, then click or tap the login link in the email you receive. 
  • Go to the Groups.io website (and log in if necessary). You will be directed to a web page with a red banner at the top stating that your account is bouncing. The page shows the most recent bounce messages and gives you the option to either change your email address or send an email (also known as a bounce probe) to the bouncing address with a link to unbounce it.

! Important: Group owners and moderators cannot do anything to unbounce their group members’ accounts. When your account is bouncing, you must address the underlying problem yourself, which might involve contacting your email service provider for assistance or investigation.

What to do if members in your group have bouncing accounts

From time to time, group owners or moderators might want to review their group’s member list to check whether any members are being reported as bouncing. 

! Important: Other than try to contact members and make them aware of their bouncing status, group owners and moderators cannot do anything to “unbounce” members’ accounts. Members must address the underlying problem themselves.

To check a group you own or moderate for bouncing members:

  1. Display the member list.
  2. In the list, review the Email column. Next to their email addresses, bouncing members have either a red B badge (“Bounced”—the system received no response to any bounce probes for 15 days) or a blue B badge (“Bouncing”—the system is sending bounce probes every 3 days).
    Tip: To see a list of only the members who are bouncing, click or tap the Filter button above the list, select the Bouncing checkbox in the filter list, then click or tap Apply at the bottom of the filter list. The page is refreshed and displays a list of only the bouncing members.
  3. Review the email delivery history of each bouncing member to try and determine the reason why the account is bouncing:
    • On the Members page, click or tap in the row (anywhere except the checkbox) of a bouncing member. The Membership page for that member appears.
    • Click or tap the Membership button at the top of the page, then select Email Delivery History from the dropdown list.
    • On the resulting page, review the Bounces panel. It lists all recent bounces and the reasons for them.
      Note: This panel displays activity from only your group. Because the account’s bouncing status could have resulted from failed deliveries of messages in another group the member belongs to, you might have to direct the member to look up their own bouncing activity to see what is going on. An individual member can find that information on the Bounces page for their account. See What to do if your account is bouncing.

Tip: In the Bounces panel on a member’s email delivery history page:

  • 400-level errors usually indicate a temporary condition, and the affected message could subsequently get delivered.
  • 500-level errors are considered permanent.

These resources on SMTP error codes provide information that you might find helpful:

If the group’s owner has set up integrations with GitHub or Trello and you are a member of either of those services, you can view your authenticated logins to those services:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Other Services.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page, then tap Other Services on the More menu.

The resulting page lists the services for which you have authenticated your logins. You can click or tap the Log Out button to log out of a service.

To log out of your Groups.io account:

  1. On any group page, click or tap your display name or email address at the upper right in the blue page header.
  2. Select Log Out from the dropdown menu.

Note: On a mobile device, you might need to use landscape orientation to see your display name or email address. In portrait orientation, you can tap your profile picture (or the generic profile icon if you have not set a picture) on the right side of the blue page header and then select then select Log Out from the dropdown menu.

If you want to delete your Groups.io account:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Scroll to the bottom of the page.
  3. Click or tap the Delete My Account button at the far right.
  4. On the Delete Your Account page, enter I understand to verify that you want to delete your account, then click or tap Delete My Account.

! Important: Your account cannot be deleted if you are the only owner of at least one group. In that situation, you should either transfer ownership of the group to someone else or delete the group before you delete your account.

Controlling how much email you receive from a group

Enabling or disabling web/app notifications

Subscription page

Email delivery settings

Signature

Advanced subscription preferences

Member notification settings

Moderator notification settings

Owner email setting

Options for controlling email delivery

If a group you belong to is particularly active and you want to reduce the number of email messages you receive from it, you have these options:

  • Receive messages in all topics except for topics that you explicitly mute, including topics with hashtags that you mute. (Muting means that you are not sent any further messages associated with that topic or hashtag.)
  • Receive messages only in topics that you explicitly follow, including topics with hashtags that you follow. (Following means that you are sent messages associated with that topic or hashtag.)
  • Receive a digest or daily summary instead of receiving individual messages as they are sent.
  • Set your email delivery method for the group to No Email. You can still log in to the group’s website and read messages there at your convenience, but you will not receive group messages by email.

Note: Muting and following affect email delivery only. Any topics and hashtags that you mute or are not following by email are still visible to you in the message archive on the group's website.

Tip: If you have set your email delivery method to No Email but you still would like to receive notifications about new messages or for topics that have specific hashtags, you can enable web/app notifications for new messages (see Member notification settings) or for those particular hashtags (see Hashtag uses and notes). Those notifications will be sent to your web browser or mobile device but will not generate emails.

Setting your email delivery method

  1. Desktop browser: On any page at the group’s website, select Subscription > Settings from the left menu.
    Mobile device: On any page in the group, tap the More icon at the bottom, then tap Subscription > Settings on the More menu.
  2. On the Subscription page, in the Email Delivery panel, select the option you want to use for the group. See Email delivery settings.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

Tip: You can set the email delivery method for several groups at once from the Your Groups home page.

Muting topics or hashtags

To be able to apply muting, you must select All Messages in the Message Selection area of your Advanced subscription preferences. However, be aware that group owners or moderators might set some hashtags so they cannot be muted.

If you receive individual email messages from the group, the footer in each message contains a Mute This Topic link as well as links to mute any hashtags associated with that topic. If you receive message digests, a Mute Topic link is at the end of each message in the digest. Clicking or tapping these links takes you to the group’s website, where you can confirm or cancel the action.

When you are viewing messages on the group’s website, in either Topics view or Messages view, you can click or tap the Mute button that is displayed at the top of each topic page or individual message’s page to mute that topic.

For hashtags: To mute specific hashtags (so you stop receiving messages in topics that are tagged with those hashtags), you can use any of these methods:

  • In a group email message, click or tap Mute for any hashtag listed in the message footer.
  • On the Hashtags page on the group’s website, click or tap the Mute/Notify button (or link, if you are viewing the page in List View) for the hashtag. On the resulting page, in the Email panel, select the Mute Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Mute Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  • On an individual hashtag’s page, click or tap the Mute button under the hashtag’s name near the top of the page. On the resulting page, select the Mute Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Mute Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  • When you are viewing a topic on the group’s website, hashtags are displayed next to the topic’s subject line. In that view, you can click or tap the down arrow in a hashtag to display a dropdown menu, then select Mute from that menu. On the resulting page, select the Mute Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Mute Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.

Tip: Consider setting a specific duration limit (as opposed to leaving the hashtag muted forever) because the same hashtag could be used in future topics that you might be interested in.

Note: If a moderator has set a hashtag to Special (meaning messages with that hashtag are sent as special notices), you cannot mute that hashtag because special notices cannot be muted.

Unmuting topics or hashtags

To unmute topics or hashtags that you have muted, use any of the methods mentioned in Muting topics and hashtags above. The button or link will be labeled “Unmute” instead of “Mute.”

Following topics or hashtags

To be able to follow or stop following (unfollow) topics or hashtags, you must select Following Only in the Message Selection area of your Advanced subscription preferences. With this preference set, you receive messages only in topics that you choose to follow and messages in topics with hashtags that you choose to follow.

To receive the first message in each new topic that is posted to the group—so you can then decide whether to follow that topic—select the First Message Also checkbox when you set the Following Only preference for your subscription.

If you receive individual email messages from the group, and you selected First Message Also in your subscription preferences, the footer in those messages contains a Follow This Topic link and links to follow any hashtags associated with that topic. If you did not select First Message Also, you can select which topics to follow using the Groups.io website.

Email messages other than the first one in a topic include an Unfollow This Topic link and links to unfollow any hashtags associated with that topic. If you receive message digests, the follow or unfollow links are at the end of each message in the digest. Clicking or tapping these links takes you to the group’s website, where you can confirm or cancel the action.

Note: If the owner has set the group’s Reply To setting to “Topic Followers Only,” you will, by default, be following any topics you create in that group. Therefore, regardless of whether you set the Following Only preference in your email subscription for that group, you will see an Unfollow This Topic link in the email footers of topics that you create.

When you are viewing messages on the group’s website, in either Topics view or Messages view, you can click or tap the Follow This Topic button that is displayed at the top of each topic page or individual message’s page to follow that topic.

For hashtags: When you have selected Following Only in your email subscription for the group, you will see a Follow/Notify button (or link), instead of a Mute/Notify button (or link), on the group’s Hashtags page and on individual hashtag pages. To follow specific hashtags—so you receive messages in topics that are tagged with those hashtags—you can use any of these methods:

  • In a group email message, click or tap Follow for any hashtag listed in the message footer.
  • On the Hashtags page on the group’s website, click or tap the Follow/Notify button (or link, if you are viewing the page in List View) in the hashtag. On the resulting page, in the Email panel, select the Follow Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Follow Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  • On an individual hashtag’s page, click or tap the Follow button near the top. On the resulting page, select the Follow Topics checkbox, select a length of time from the Follow Duration list, and then click or tap the Update button.
  • When you are viewing a topic on the group’s website, hashtags are displayed next to the topic’s subject line. In that view, you can click or tap the down arrow in a hashtag to display a dropdown menu, then select Follow from that menu. On the resulting page, select the Follow Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Follow Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.

Tip: Consider setting a specific duration limit (as opposed to following the hashtag forever) because the same hashtag could be used in future topics that you might not be interested in.

Unfollowing topics or hashtags

To unfollow topics or hashtags that you are following, use any of the methods mentioned in Following topics or hashtags above. The button or link will be labeled “Unfollow” instead of “Follow.”

Managing muted and followed topics

The Topics home page on the Groups.io website provides a place where you can manage the topics that you have muted or are following in all of your group subscriptions:

  1. At the top of any group page, click or tap the Groups.io logo on the far left in the blue header. This action takes you to the most recent Groups.io home page that you viewed.
  2. Desktop browser: On the resulting page, select Topics from the left menu to display a submenu. In the submenu, select Muted or Followed, depending on which topics you want to manage.
    Mobile device: On the resulting page, tap the More icon at the bottom. On the More menu, select Muted Topics or Followed Topics, depending on which topics you want to manage.
  3. On the resulting page, find the topic you want, and click or tap its link to open it.
  4. At the top of the topic’s page, click or tap the applicable button to take the associated action:

Managing muted and followed hashtags

The Hashtags home page on the Groups.io website provides a place where you can manage the hashtags that you have muted or are following in all of your group subscriptions:

  1. At the top of any group web page, click or tap the Groups.io logo on the far left in the blue header. This action takes you to the most recent Groups.io home page that you viewed.
  2. Desktop browser: Select Hashtags from the left menu to display a submenu. In the submenu, select Muted or Followed, depending on which hashtags you want to manage.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page. On the More menu, select Muted Tags or Followed Tags, depending on which hashtags you want to manage.
  3. On the resulting page, you can:
    • Remove a hashtag from the list by selecting the checkbox next to it and then clicking or tapping the Remove button (for muted hashtags) or Delete button (for followed hashtags).
    • Add a hashtag to the list by clicking or tapping the Mute A New Hashtag link (for muted hashtags) or Follow A New Hashtag link (for followed hashtags) at the upper right of the page.

About web/app notifications

In your Groups.io account, you can enable web/app notifications about group activity on your mobile device and desktop web browser. A web/app notification is an automated alert message about displayed by a website or mobile app outside of the web browser or app user interface (even when the website or app is not open). The location and style of these notifications depend on the device’s operating system and the browser.

In Groups.io, members who are not group owners or moderators can opt to receive web/app notifications on their mobile or desktop device when:

  • New messages are posted to a group
  • New messages are posted to a chat they are participating in
  • Messages that contain specific hashtags are posted to a group

Group owners and moderators have additional options for controlling the web/app notifications (and email notifications) they receive about group activity. See Moderator notifications about group activity. 

Enabling web/app notifications

Before you can receive any web/app notifications, you must enable them in your Groups.io account. Follow these steps on each device and in each browser where you want to see the notifications:

  1. ! Important: Ensure that the browser or app allows notifications from Groups.io. The instructions depend on your specific browser and device. See your browser’s or device’s settings and help information.
    Note: If private browsing mode is enabled in your browser, push notifications might not work. In that situation, you must disable private browsing to receive web/app notifications.
  2. Display your account settings.
  3. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Notifications.
    Mobile device: Tap the Notifications icon at the bottom of the page.
  4. On the Notifications page, click or tap the Enable Notifications button (the full label varies depending on whether you are using a mobile device). If a popup appears asking you to confirm that you want to allow Groups.io to show notifications, click or tap the option that allows notifications. The Notifications page then lists the device (operating system) and browser for which you enabled notifications.
  5. If desired, click or tap the Send A Test Notification button to check that Groups.io notifications appear in the browser or on the mobile device.

The steps above enable web/app notifications from all your Groups.io groups. To control the web/app notifications that you see from an individual group, see Member notification settings and also Hashtag uses and notes (for notifications about messages tagged with specific hashtags).

Disabling web/app notifications

To disable web/app notifications from all your groups:

  1. Display your account settings.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Notifications.
    Mobile device: Tap the Notifications icon at the bottom of the page.
  3. On the Notifications page, click or tap the Disable Notifications In button (the full label varies depending on whether you are using a mobile device). Or, if you want to disable notifications on all your devices, click or tap the Disable Notifications on All Devices button.
  4. When the Verify Disable Notifications popup appears, click or tap Yes.

For each group you belong to, you can set individual email subscription and notification preferences on your Subscription page for that group.

To display the Subscription page:

  1. Log in to your Groups.io account if you are not already logged in. See Logging in to your account.
  2. Go to the group for which you want to edit your settings.
  3. Desktop browser: Click Subscription > Settings in the left menu.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a page then tap Subscription > Settings on the More menu.

On the Subscription page, you can set or change these elements:

! Important: When you finish making your selections, scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Subscription > Settings > Email Delivery panel on Subscription page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More icon > Subscription > Settings > Email Delivery panel on Subscription page

! Important: When you finish making your selections, scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

 

The group owner sets a default email delivery option for their group. If you want to use a different delivery option, go to the Email Delivery panel on your Subscription page and select the option that specifies how you want to receive the group’s messages by email:

  • You receive each message individually as soon as it is posted to the group.

  • You receive a fully formatted (HTML) digest containing the day’s messages. For more information, see Message digests and summaries.

  • You receive a plain text digest containing the day’s messages. For more information, see Message digests and summaries.

  • You receive a once-daily list of topics that were posted that day. Unlike the digests, the summary does not include the text of any of the messages. It contains only a list of topics.For more information, see Message digests and summaries.

  • You receive only the messages that moderators have designated as special notices.

  • With this setting, you do not receive any group messages by email. You can still access messages and other group features on the group’s website. You might still receive individual notifications from the group (for example, a message sent directly to you by a group moderator) and system messages from Groups.io.

    Tip: If you would like to be notified when new messages are posted to the group, you can opt to receive web/app notifications for new messages. See Member notification settings.

    Note: If the No Email setting is not available, the owner decided to disable it for the group.

Note: Some options might not be available, depending on how the group is set up.

Tips:

  • You can also set your email delivery option by email. See Standard group email addresses.
  • If you belong to multiple groups and you want to use the same email delivery setting for several or all of them, you can change the setting for all the groups at once from Your Groups home page.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Subscription > Settings > Signature panel on Subscription page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More icon > Subscription > Settings > Signature panel on Subscription page

! Important: When you finish making your selections, scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

In the Signature panel on the Subscription page, you can enter and format a signature to be included with your posts to this group. To specify where you want your signature included—web postings or email postings—select the applicable checkbox. You can select both if desired.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Subscription > Settings > Advanced Preferences panel on Subscription page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More icon > Subscription > Settings > Advanced Preferences panel on Subscription page

! Important: When you finish making your selections, scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

Message Selection

In the Message Selection section of the Advanced Preferences panel, select the preference that specifies which messages you want to receive by email:

  • You receive every message (individually or in digests, depending on your Email Delivery setting) posted to the group except those that are in topics you have specifically muted or that are tagged with one or more hashtags you have specifically muted. (This setting is the default.)

  • You receive only the messages (individually or in digests, depending on your Email Delivery setting) posted to the group that are in topics you are specifically following or that are tagged with one or more hashtags you are specifically following.

  • You receive the first message of each new topic, regardless of the fact that you have not yet followed that topic. This setting helps you to manage the amount of email you receive from a very active group. It allows you to know that a given topic has been posted so you can then decide whether to follow any additional messages in that topic.

    Note: You cannot select this checkbox unless you select Following Only.

  • You receive all replies to topics that you start or reply to. This setting marks any topic that you start or reply to as one that you follow.

    Note: This checkbox is selected automatically when you select Following Only.

Note: The Message Selection preferences do not apply if you select Special Notices Only or No Email in the Email Delivery panel. Be aware that:

  • If your Email Delivery preference is set to either Special Notices Only or No Email and you change the Message Selection preference from All Messages to Following Only, your Email Delivery preference will be changed automatically to Individual Messages.
  • If your Message Selection preference is Following Only and you change your Email Delivery preference to either Special Notices or No Email, your Message Selection preference will be changed automatically to All Messages.

Max Attachment Size

If you want to specify a default maximum size for attachments that you receive in group email messages, expand the Advanced Preferences panel and select an option from the Max Attachment Size list. The default maximum attachment size is Unlimited.

This setting is useful if you have a metered or limited Internet connection or you have limited storage space for attachments. When an attachment exceeds the maximum size you selected, you will receive a link to it (instead of receiving the actual file) so you can open the attachment from the group's website.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Subscription > Settings > Member Notifications panel on Subscription page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More icon > Subscription > Settings > Member Notifications panel on Subscription page

! Important: When you finish making your selections, scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

In the Member Notifications panel on your Subscription page, use the dropdown lists to turn on or turn off web/app notifications about new group messages or new chat messages.

Note: To receive web/app notifications, you must enable them in your Groups.io account. For more information, see Enabling or disabling web/app notifications.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Subscription > Settings > Moderator Notifications panel on Subscription page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More icon > Subscription > Settings > Moderator Notifications panel on Subscription page

Restriction: The Moderator Notifications panel appears only if you are an owner or moderator of the group.

! Important: When you finish making your selections, scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

For each activity type listed on the Moderator Notifications panel, use the associated dropdown list to select your preferred notification method for that activity:

  • When the activity occurs, you receive both an email notification and a web/app notification (if you have enabled web/app notifications in your Groups.io account). This method is the default.

  • When the activity occurs, you receive only an email notification.

  • When the activity occurs, you receive only a web/app notification.

  • You receive no notification of any kind when the activity occurs.

Note:

  • To receive web/app notifications, you must enable them in your Groups.io account. For more information, see Enabling or disabling web/app notifications.
  • Email notifications sent to moderators as a result of their Moderator Notifications settings do not include system hashtags.
  • With email notifications, a delay of 4 to 8 minutes occurs between when the action is taken and when the corresponding email notification is delivered. This delay allows the system to combine multiple actions of the same type that occur within a short period of time into a single notification, which prevents a barrage of individual email notifications.
  • Web/app notifications are always sent individually; they are not delayed or combined.
  • If you are the one who performs an activity that you have chosen to be notified about, you will not receive a web/app notification or email notification for it.
    Exceptions:
    • If an unauthorized (spam) unsubscription occurs, you will receive a web/app notification if you were unsubscribed as a result.
    • You will receive a web/app notification about reaching the group’s storage limit even if your upload or post was the one that caused the limit to be reached.

Location in desktop browser: Left menu > Subscription > Settings > Owner Email panel on Subscription page

Location on mobile device: Bottom of page > More icon > Subscription > Settings > Owner Email panel on Subscription page

Restriction: The Owner Email panel appears only if you are an owner or moderator of the group.

! Important: When you finish making your selections, scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

The Owner Email panel on your Subscription page contains options for receiving emails that are sent to the group’s owner email address (groupname+owner@groups.io). Select your desired option:

  • You will receive all email messages that are sent to the owner email address, including from nonmembers and possible spammers.
    Note: If your group uses a Pending Subscription notice, at least one owner or moderator should select the All Emails option.

  • You will receive only email messages that are sent to the owner email address by group members. This setting is the default.

  • You will not receive any email messages sent to the owner email address.

Be aware that all moderators and owners who select the All Emails option or the Members Only option will receive email messages that are sent to the group owner email address. If your group has several moderators, not all of them might need (or want) to receive owner emails. In that case, some of them could select the None option.

Related help topic

  1. Group owner email messages

After you log in to Groups.io, the home page becomes one of these pages that consolidate information across all the groups you are subscribed to:

The home page you see is the one you were viewing the last time you were logged in.

Tip: You can click or tap the Groups.io logo at the far left in the blue header bar to go to the home page you viewed most recently. To display a different home page, select it from the left menu in a desktop browser or from the More menu on a mobile device.

Direct link: https://groups.io/feed

This page lists recent activity in your groups. The group that had the most recent activity is listed first, followed by the group with the next most recent activity, and so on.

You can click or tap a group's icon to go to that group. You can also click or tap other links in the list to go to those elements (topics, calendar events, and so on).

Direct link: https://groups.io/groups

This page displays a list of the groups (and subgroups, if applicable) you belong to and any badges associated with your group membership status, your email delivery preference, and the group’s status (locked or unlocked). 

Columns on the page show the email delivery method you set in each group, the number of members in each group, and the time or date of the latest message in each group. You can click or tap a column heading to sort the list by that column. (On a mobile device, use landscape orientation to see the columns.)

Note: Group owners and moderators also see an Approvals Needed column.

Blue text indicates a link you can click or tap to go to (based on the column) a group’s Topics page, your Subscription page for that group, or the member list for that group (if you are an owner or moderator, or if the group’s owner has made the member list available to all group members).

Tip: You can use the Actions button at the bottom of the Your Groups page to change your email delivery option for a group (or more than one group) directly from this page, instead of going to your Subscription page for each group:

Note: On a mobile device, use landscape orientation to see the checkboxes and the Actions button.

  1. Select the checkbox (or checkboxes) next to the desired group (or groups).
  2. Scroll down and click or tap the Actions button.
  3. From the dropdown menu, select the option you want to apply to the group (or groups):
    • Unsubscribe
    • No Email
    • Individual Messages
    • Plain Digest
    • Full Digest
    • Summary
    • Special Notices Only

Desktop browser: On a Groups.io home page (not an individual group’s home page), click Topics and select the option for the topics you want to see.

Mobile device: On a Groups.io home page (not an individual group’s home page), tap the More icon at the bottom, then, on the More menu, select the option for the topics you want to see.

The options are:

  • All (desktop) or All Topics (mobile): Displays the All Topics page (direct link: https://groups.io/topics), which lists the topics in all the groups you belong to. By default, the topics that have the most recent replies are at the top of the list.
  • Muted (desktop)or Muted Topics (mobile): Displays the Muted Topics page (direct link: https://groups.io/topics?m=1), which lists any topics that you have chosen to mute in any of the groups you belong to.
  • Followed (desktop) or Followed Topics (mobile): Displays the Followed Topics page (direct link: https://groups.io/topics?f=1), which lists all the topics that you have chosen to follow in any of the groups you belong to.

Tip: By default, Groups.io displays 20 items per page. You can increase the number of items displayed per page in the display preferences for your Groups.io account. See Setting the number of items to show on group web pages.

Desktop browser: On a Groups.io home page (not an individual group’s home page), click Hashtags and select the option for the topics you want to see.

Mobile device: On a Groups.io home page (not an individual group’s home page), tap the More icon at the bottom, then, on the More menu, select the option for the hashtags you want to see.

The options are:

  • Muted (desktop) or Muted Tags (mobile)Displays the Muted Hashtags page (direct link: https://groups.io/mutedhashtags), which lists any hashtags that you have chosen to mute in any of the groups you belong to.
    You can mute a new hashtag from this page by clicking or tapping the Mute A New Hashtag link at the upper right of the page.
    You can unmute a hashtag from this page by selecting the checkbox to the left of the hashtag and then clicking or tapping the Remove button. You can select multiple hashtags and unmute them all at once.
  • Followed (desktop) or Followed Tags (mobile): Displays the Followed Hashtags page (direct link: https://groups.io/followedhashtags), which lists all the hashtags that you have chosen to follow in any of the groups you belong to.
    You can follow a new hashtag from this page by clicking or tapping the Follow A New Hashtag link at the upper right of the page.
    You can stop following (“unfollow”) a hashtag from this page by selecting the checkbox to the left of the hashtag and then clicking or tapping the Delete button. You can select multiple hashtags and stop following them all at once.

Tip: By default, Groups.io displays 20 items per page. You can increase the number of items displayed per page in the display preferences for your Groups.io account. See Setting the number of items to show on group web pages.

Direct link: https://groups.io/calendar

This page displays a consolidated calendar that contains events from the calendars in all your groups (if the Calendar feature is available in the groups and enabled for group members to use). Buttons and other controls on this page allow you to:

  • Show only the events for which you sent RSVPs.
  • Display calendar events in Month, Week, Day, or List view. The default is Month view, but if you select another option, that view will be used in your future visits to this page.
  • Add an event to any of your group calendars that members are allowed to add events to.
  • Subscribe to your Groups.io calendar from another application that supports iCalendar format (such as Google Calendar, Microsoft Outlook, or Apple Calendar).
    Note: The subscription (synchronization) is only one way, from Groups.io to the other calendar.
  • Select a different timezone for displaying calendar events.

Related help topic

  1. About group calendars

Direct link: https://groups.io/chats

This page displays the chats you created or are participating in across all your groups (if the Chats feature is available in the groups and enabled for group members to use). You can click or tap a chat’s link to go directly to that chat.

Related help topic

  1. About group chats

Direct link: https://groups.io/activity

This page lists all the actions that you personally have taken in all of the groups you belong to. If you are a group owner or moderator, the page includes your owner or moderator actions.

You can filter your activity by using the Any Time button, the actions list, and the Search option.

Direct link: https://groups.io/pendingmsgs

This page lists all pending messages that are in any of the groups of which you are an owner or a moderator with at least the Approve Pending Messages privilege.

Note: This page is available only if you are an owner or moderator in one or more of your groups.

Related help topic

  1. Handling pending messages

Every group hosted at Groups.io has its own website with its own individual content. A group’s content includes:

  • A group-specific home page that contains the group’s description and other information about the group (including, if the group’s message archive is public [that is, visible to anyone], a link to the group’s RSS feed)
  • Messages posted to the group
  • Hashtags used in the group*
  • In Premium and Enterprise groups and legacy Free groups (those created before August 24, 2020):
    • Files uploaded to the group*
    • Photos uploaded to the group*
    • Polls posted to the group*
    • Chats*
    • Directory of group members*
    • Group calendar*
    • Databases*
    • Wiki*

*Group owners control whether this feature is enabled in their groups and, if it is, the type of access that is available to group members.

Once you are logged in to Groups.io, you can use any of these methods to visit the websites of the groups you belong to:

  • In the blue header bar at the top of a Groups.io page, click or tap Your Groups and then select the desired group from the dropdown menu. Tip: On a mobile device, use landscape orientation to see the Your Groups menu.
  • Desktop browser: When you are on one of your Groups.io home pages, select Your Groups in the left menu. When the Your Groups home page is displayed, click the link of the desired group in the Group column.
  • Mobile device: When you are on one of your Groups.io home pages, tap the Groups icon or Feed icon at the bottom of the page to display a list of your groups, then tap the group you want to visit. 
  • Click or tap the Groups.io logo in the blue header bar to go to your most recent Groups.io home page, then select Your Groups in the left menu (in a desktop browser) or tap the Groups icon or Feed icon at the bottom of the page (on a mobile device). Then select or tap the group you want to visit.

Typically, the link to a group from the methods above takes you to the group’s Topics page. In desktop browsers, use the left navigation menu to select other features in the group. On a mobile device, use the icons at the bottom of the page or the More menu to select other group features.

Related help topic

  1. Groups.io home pages

Viewing topics and messages on group websites

Controlling how much email you receive from a group

Checking your email delivery history for a group

Using email to send or reply to group messages

Using the group's website or app to post new topics or reply to existing messages

Using the Like feature

Searching for messages in the archive

Reposting messages

Editing the content of messages in the archive

Deleting individual messages

Reporting messages

Responding to a "You have been removed because of reported spam" message from Groups.io

Downloading a group's message archive

Message digests and summaries

About topics and messages

In Groups.io, a topic is a collection of messages about a particular subject. The topic includes the initial message that was posted along with any replies to that message (including replies to those replies).

In the message archive on a group’s website, when you click or tap a topic’s link to open it, the topic is displayed with the initial message at the top of the page and replies expanded underneath it (unless you clicked or tapped the Date link to display messages in reverse date order).

Note: In the archive, certain icons might appear on topic subject lines. For a list of these icons and their descriptions, see Topic icons.

Topics view, Messages view, and Expanded view

When you visit a group’s website, the initial page that is displayed is the Topics page, also referred to as Topics view. By default, the topics are listed in order from newest to oldest, after any “sticky” topics that were pinned to the top of the page by a group owner or moderator. You can click or tap the Date link at the upper right to list the topics from oldest to newest. Click or tap a topic’s subject line to view the full topic as well as any replies to it.

To view a list of individual messages (Messages view) instead of topics, click or tap the Topics button at the top left of the page and select Messages. By default, the messages are listed in order from newest to oldest. You can click or tap the Date link at the upper right to list the messages from oldest to newest. Click or tap a message’s subject line to view the full message.

When you select Expanded from the Topics button or Messages button, messages are listed in order of their message numbers (shown at the far right next to the date), with the full text of each message displayed. Groups.io assigns message numbers according to the dates and times the messages are posted. By default, messages are displayed from newest (highest message number) to oldest (lowest message number). Click or tap the Date link at the upper right to list the messages oldest to newest.

Note: On a mobile device, you might need to rotate the device to landscape orientation to see the message numbers in Expanded view.

The default number of topics or messages listed per page is 20. You can change that number in the display preferences in your Groups.io account. See Setting the number of items to show on group web pages.

About the Show quoted text button

When you are viewing messages on a group’s website, you might see a Show quoted text button below some replies.

That button appears when a reply contains the text of a quoted message and that quoted text is located at the bottom of the message. In other words, the reply’s author entered the content of their reply above the message they quoted (either using their email application or when composing their reply on the group’s website). In those cases, Groups.io adds the Show quoted text button on the group’s website to conserve screen space.

When you click or tap Show quoted text, the quoted text is expanded under the reply, and the button label changes to Hide quoted text. You can click or tap Hide quoted text to collapse (hide) the quoted text.

If you do not see a Show quoted text button in a reply, then that reply does not include any quoted text at the bottom.

Note:

  • Email applications have their own settings or preferences for whether messages are quoted in replies and how quoted text appears.
  • Different email applications quote replies in different ways. The Groups.io system does its best to determine whether quoted content is a reply based on message headers or lines that contain certain text (such as “--Original Message--” or “On [date] [name or email] wrote:” and so on). Because of those email differences, quoted text on the group website might not generate a Show quoted text button.
  • Quoted text at the bottom of replies is not included in message digests, to save space. If you receive digests, you will need to view those messages online if you want to see the quoted text.

Options for controlling email delivery

If a group you belong to is particularly active and you want to reduce the number of email messages you receive from it, you have these options:

  • Receive messages in all topics except for topics that you explicitly mute, including topics with hashtags that you mute. (Muting means that you are not sent any further messages associated with that topic or hashtag.)
  • Receive messages only in topics that you explicitly follow, including topics with hashtags that you follow. (Following means that you are sent messages associated with that topic or hashtag.)
  • Receive a digest or daily summary instead of receiving individual messages as they are sent.
  • Set your email delivery method for the group to No Email. You can still log in to the group’s website and read messages there at your convenience, but you will not receive group messages by email.

Note: Muting and following affect email delivery only. Any topics and hashtags that you mute or are not following by email are still visible to you in the message archive on the group's website.

Tip: If you have set your email delivery method to No Email but you still would like to receive notifications about new messages or for topics that have specific hashtags, you can enable web/app notifications for new messages (see Member notification settings) or for those particular hashtags (see Hashtag uses and notes). Those notifications will be sent to your web browser or mobile device but will not generate emails.

Setting your email delivery method

  1. Desktop browser: On any page at the group’s website, select Subscription > Settings from the left menu.
    Mobile device: On any page in the group, tap the More icon at the bottom, then tap Subscription > Settings on the More menu.
  2. On the Subscription page, in the Email Delivery panel, select the option you want to use for the group. See Email delivery settings.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save button.

Tip: You can set the email delivery method for several groups at once from the Your Groups home page.

Muting topics or hashtags

To be able to apply muting, you must select All Messages in the Message Selection area of your Advanced subscription preferences. However, be aware that group owners or moderators might set some hashtags so they cannot be muted.

If you receive individual email messages from the group, the footer in each message contains a Mute This Topic link as well as links to mute any hashtags associated with that topic. If you receive message digests, a Mute Topic link is at the end of each message in the digest. Clicking or tapping these links takes you to the group’s website, where you can confirm or cancel the action.

When you are viewing messages on the group’s website, in either Topics view or Messages view, you can click or tap the Mute button that is displayed at the top of each topic page or individual message’s page to mute that topic.

For hashtags: To mute specific hashtags (so you stop receiving messages in topics that are tagged with those hashtags), you can use any of these methods:

  • In a group email message, click or tap Mute for any hashtag listed in the message footer.
  • On the Hashtags page on the group’s website, click or tap the Mute/Notify button (or link, if you are viewing the page in List View) for the hashtag. On the resulting page, in the Email panel, select the Mute Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Mute Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  • On an individual hashtag’s page, click or tap the Mute button under the hashtag’s name near the top of the page. On the resulting page, select the Mute Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Mute Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  • When you are viewing a topic on the group’s website, hashtags are displayed next to the topic’s subject line. In that view, you can click or tap the down arrow in a hashtag to display a dropdown menu, then select Mute from that menu. On the resulting page, select the Mute Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Mute Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.

Tip: Consider setting a specific duration limit (as opposed to leaving the hashtag muted forever) because the same hashtag could be used in future topics that you might be interested in.

Note: If a moderator has set a hashtag to Special (meaning messages with that hashtag are sent as special notices), you cannot mute that hashtag because special notices cannot be muted.

Unmuting topics or hashtags

To unmute topics or hashtags that you have muted, use any of the methods mentioned in Muting topics and hashtags above. The button or link will be labeled “Unmute” instead of “Mute.”

Following topics or hashtags

To be able to follow or stop following (unfollow) topics or hashtags, you must select Following Only in the Message Selection area of your Advanced subscription preferences. With this preference set, you receive messages only in topics that you choose to follow and messages in topics with hashtags that you choose to follow.

To receive the first message in each new topic that is posted to the group—so you can then decide whether to follow that topic—select the First Message Also checkbox when you set the Following Only preference for your subscription.

If you receive individual email messages from the group, and you selected First Message Also in your subscription preferences, the footer in those messages contains a Follow This Topic link and links to follow any hashtags associated with that topic. If you did not select First Message Also, you can select which topics to follow using the Groups.io website.

Email messages other than the first one in a topic include an Unfollow This Topic link and links to unfollow any hashtags associated with that topic. If you receive message digests, the follow or unfollow links are at the end of each message in the digest. Clicking or tapping these links takes you to the group’s website, where you can confirm or cancel the action.

Note: If the owner has set the group’s Reply To setting to “Topic Followers Only,” you will, by default, be following any topics you create in that group. Therefore, regardless of whether you set the Following Only preference in your email subscription for that group, you will see an Unfollow This Topic link in the email footers of topics that you create.

When you are viewing messages on the group’s website, in either Topics view or Messages view, you can click or tap the Follow This Topic button that is displayed at the top of each topic page or individual message’s page to follow that topic.

For hashtags: When you have selected Following Only in your email subscription for the group, you will see a Follow/Notify button (or link), instead of a Mute/Notify button (or link), on the group’s Hashtags page and on individual hashtag pages. To follow specific hashtags—so you receive messages in topics that are tagged with those hashtags—you can use any of these methods:

  • In a group email message, click or tap Follow for any hashtag listed in the message footer.
  • On the Hashtags page on the group’s website, click or tap the Follow/Notify button (or link, if you are viewing the page in List View) in the hashtag. On the resulting page, in the Email panel, select the Follow Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Follow Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  • On an individual hashtag’s page, click or tap the Follow button near the top. On the resulting page, select the Follow Topics checkbox, select a length of time from the Follow Duration list, and then click or tap the Update button.
  • When you are viewing a topic on the group’s website, hashtags are displayed next to the topic’s subject line. In that view, you can click or tap the down arrow in a hashtag to display a dropdown menu, then select Follow from that menu. On the resulting page, select the Follow Topics checkbox, and select a length of time from the Follow Duration list. Then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.

Tip: Consider setting a specific duration limit (as opposed to following the hashtag forever) because the same hashtag could be used in future topics that you might not be interested in.

Unfollowing topics or hashtags

To unfollow topics or hashtags that you are following, use any of the methods mentioned in Following topics or hashtags above. The button or link will be labeled “Unfollow” instead of “Follow.”

Managing muted and followed topics

The Topics home page on the Groups.io website provides a place where you can manage the topics that you have muted or are following in all of your group subscriptions:

  1. At the top of any group page, click or tap the Groups.io logo on the far left in the blue header. This action takes you to the most recent Groups.io home page that you viewed.
  2. Desktop browser: On the resulting page, select Topics from the left menu to display a submenu. In the submenu, select Muted or Followed, depending on which topics you want to manage.
    Mobile device: On the resulting page, tap the More icon at the bottom. On the More menu, select Muted Topics or Followed Topics, depending on which topics you want to manage.
  3. On the resulting page, find the topic you want, and click or tap its link to open it.
  4. At the top of the topic’s page, click or tap the applicable button to take the associated action:

Managing muted and followed hashtags

The Hashtags home page on the Groups.io website provides a place where you can manage the hashtags that you have muted or are following in all of your group subscriptions:

  1. At the top of any group web page, click or tap the Groups.io logo on the far left in the blue header. This action takes you to the most recent Groups.io home page that you viewed.
  2. Desktop browser: Select Hashtags from the left menu to display a submenu. In the submenu, select Muted or Followed, depending on which hashtags you want to manage.
    Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of the page. On the More menu, select Muted Tags or Followed Tags, depending on which hashtags you want to manage.
  3. On the resulting page, you can:
    • Remove a hashtag from the list by selecting the checkbox next to it and then clicking or tapping the Remove button (for muted hashtags) or Delete button (for followed hashtags).
    • Add a hashtag to the list by clicking or tapping the Mute A New Hashtag link (for muted hashtags) or Follow A New Hashtag link (for followed hashtags) at the upper right of the page.

If you are not receiving email messages from a group that you are subscribed to, you can check your email delivery history for the group:

  1. Log in to Groups.io and go to the group’s website.
  2. Desktop browser: In the left menu, select Subscription > Delivery History.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a page in the group, tap the More icon and then select Subscription > Delivery History on the More menu.
  3. On the resulting Email Delivery History page, review the information to see whether you can determine why messages from the group have not been delivered to you. (On a mobile device, use landscape orientation to see the page more clearly.)

Tip: If the Bounces panel at the bottom of the Email Delivery History page shows that email to you has been bouncing, see Dealing with bouncing accounts.

! Important: Make sure you are sending email from the email address that is registered with your Groups.io account (or from an email alias that you added to your Groups.io account).

To send a new group message (create a topic) by email, create the message in your email application as you normally would, provide a descriptive subject line, and enter the group’s address in the To field. A group’s email address typically has the format groupname@groups.io. The group’s email addresses are listed on the group’s home page on Groups.io.

To reply to a group message by email, you can use either of these methods:

  • Use the Reply function of your email application.
  • In the footer of the message you want to reply to, click or tap the applicable Reply link. The links available in the footer depend on the text format of the message and on how the Reply To option is set for the group (or for a specific topic or hashtag). 

Tip: To reply privately to the original sender of the message and not to the entire group, click or tap the Reply To Sender link in the message footer.

Note: 

  • The size limit for an individual email message sent through Groups.io is 100MB. But be aware that some recipients’ email systems might have smaller message size limits.
  • If you send 40 or more messages within 30 minutes to the same group from the same email address, the system will bounce those messages, and you will receive a notice from the system that says: “We have received more than 40 messages in 30 minutes from you. To guard against autoresponder mail loops, we must reject additional messages from you temporarily. Please try again later.” This limit is in place to circumvent, for example, an incorrectly configured vacation responder where one message to a group the member is subscribed to could set off a chain reaction. It also serves as a spam prevention measure.

Text editor tips

You can set your preferred text editor (HTML, Markdown, or Plain Text) in your Groups.io account preferences. See Setting your preferred text editor.

In the HTML editor, in a desktop browser, you can display another toolbar with additional editing options by clicking the More options icon (...) at the far left on the formatting toolbar. On a mobile device, all of the HTML editing options are on the toolbar, and you can scroll the toolbar to display them.

Posting a new topic

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, select New Topic.
    Mobile device: In the group, tap the New Topic icon at the bottom of a page.
  2. On the New Topic page, enter a descriptive subject line, and enter and format the text of your topic. If applicable, use the Add Tags list to select hashtags to add to the subject line.
    Note: If you are the group owner or a moderator, you can also select a checkbox to send the topic as a special notice or to lock the topic immediately after it is posted (or both).
  3. Click or tap the Send button at the bottom of the page.

Replying to a message

  1. In the group, locate the message you want to reply to.
  2. Click or tap the Reply link below that message’s text.
  3. In the To list above the subject line, select the recipient of the reply:
    • To send your reply to the entire group, select Group.
    • To send your reply only to the message’s sender, select Sender. If you want to blind copy yourself, select the BCC Me checkbox below the text editor box. 
    • To send your reply only to the group’s moderators, select Moderators. If you want to blind copy yourself, select the BCC Me checkbox below the text editor box.

    Note: The default option might be either to reply to the group or reply only to the sender of the message you are replying to, depending on the settings the owner specified for the group. If the owner has not disabled the other reply option, you can select the applicable option on the list to choose where to send your reply.

  4. In the text editor box, enter and format the text of your reply.
    Note: If you are the group owner or a moderator, you can also select the Lock Topic After Posting checkbox to lock the topic immediately after the reply is posted.
  5. Click or tap the Send button.

Quoting messages you are replying to

Note: This topic covers quoting messages that you are replying to on a group’s website. If you are replying to messages via email, the method for automatically including quoted messages in replies as well as where quoted text is placed (for example, at the top or bottom of the message) depend on the specific email application you are using.

When you are replying to a message on a group’s website, you can automatically include (quote) all or part of that message in your reply.

To quote the entire message you are replying to:

  1. Under the message you want to reply to, click or tap the Reply link.
  2. On the text formatting toolbar above the text editing box, click or tap the Quote post icon at the far left (in a desktop browser, it is to the right of the More options icon). The message text is inserted automatically at the top of your reply’s text editing box, along with the message’s posting date and time and the author’s name.

To quote only part of the message you are replying to:

  1. While viewing the message you want to reply to, select the specific text that you want to quote. (You do not need to use a copy function.)
  2. Click or tap the Reply link under the message. The text you selected is inserted automatically at the top of your reply’s text editor box, along with the message’s posting date and time and the author’s name.

Working with draft messages

When you are composing a message on a group’s website or on a mobile device, Groups.io automatically saves a draft of the message periodically. If you click or tap outside the message editor or even leave the page, Groups.io saves the draft up to that point and adds a Drafts entry for that group to the left menu in a desktop browser and the More menu on a mobile device. You can click or tap Drafts to see the drafts that the system has saved, and from there you can open and send a draft or discard it.

Note:

  • The system automatically deletes drafts that are older than two weeks.
  • If you create too many drafts, Groups.io displays a notice at the top of the page that you must delete some drafts before more drafts can be saved.
  • Messages that have hashtag issues (such as containing a restricted hashtag) are bounced by the system, not held as drafts to be corrected. To avoid this situation, make sure that you are familiar with the group’s rules and guidelines for using hashtags.

 

Similar to social media apps and websites, Groups.io has a feature allowing group members to indicate they like messages that are posted to the group. You can use either of these methods to like a group message:

  • When you are reading a message on the group’s website or in the mobile app, click or tap Like at the bottom center of the message.
  • By email, reply to the message you want to like and enter either +1 or the word like as the text of your reply. (If your reply automatically quotes the message you are replying to, delete all the quoted text so your reply contains only +1 or like.) This reply will not be sent to group members or appear in the message archive on the group’s website, but your like will be included in the count of likes under that message on the website.

Note: Enterprise groups can opt to disable the function that converts “+1” email messages to likes.

Searching by keyword

Desktop browser:

  1. Go to the group’s Messages page.
  2. In the Search box at the upper right of the page, enter the keywords you want to search for.
  3. Click the magnifying glass icon at the right of the Search box.

Mobile device:

  1. Go to the group’s Messages page.
  2. Tap the magnifying glass icon at the top right of the page.
  3. In the Search popup, enter the keywords you want to search for, then tap Search.

You can filter the search results by clicking or tapping the Tools button at the top of the page to display tools that allow you to:

  • Specify a date range: Click or tap the Any Time button and select a range from the dropdown menu.
  • Group the messages into their topics: Select the Collapse Topics checkbox.
  • Exclude any message signatures that contain the keywords: Select the Exclude Signatures checkbox.

Tips:

  • The message search engine uses the standard Boolean operators AND, OR, and NOT. If you include these operators in your search query, you must put them in all uppercase (otherwise, the search engine assumes you are looking for those actual words). If you enter more than one word in the Search box, the AND operator is implied.
  • You can search for exact phrases by putting them in quotes. Example: “message formatting”
  • The search engine matches only whole words. However, you can include the wildcard character, an asterisk (*), to find variations of a word. Example: A search on telescop* will find telescope, telescopes, telescoping, and so on.

Searching by posted date

  1. Go to the group’s Messages page.
  2. Click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page.
  3. Click or tap the Any Time button and select a date range from the dropdown menu.

Searching for messages from a specific group member

The Groups.io message search engine does not include message From and To fields in its searches. If you want to search for all messages that were posted by a specific group member:

  1. Go to the group’s Messages page.
  2. Find and expand a recent message that was posted by the member in question.
  3. Click or tap the member’s display name and select All Messages By This Member from the dropdown list. 

When the search results are displayed, you can click or tap the Tools button at the top of the page to filter the results further, if desired.

Searching by hashtags

You can use these methods to search for messages by hashtags

  • When you are searching for messages by keyword, include a hashtag in your search string. Ensure that you include the hashtag character (#).
  • On the Topics page or the Messages page, click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page, then click the Hashtags button. Select one or more hashtags from the dropdown list, then scroll to the bottom of that dropdown list and click or tap Search.
    Note: If you select more than one hashtag, the system searches for topics that have all the selected hashtags (that is, the search is an AND operation, not an OR operation).
  • Go to the group’s Hashtags page. You can then click or tap a hashtag on that page to display the messages that have it.

Searching by message number 

To search for a message using its ID number:

  1. Go to the group and display posts in Messages view or Expanded view.
  2. In the Msg # field that appears at the upper right next to the Date link, enter the number of the message you are searching for.
    Note: On a mobile device, you might need to use landscape orientation to see the Msg # field.
  3. Press or tap Enter.
  4. In the search results, the message will not be at the top of the page unless it happens to fall on a page break. If the message is not at the top of the page, you must scroll to find it:
    • In Messages view, the message you searched for will have a vertical blue bar on its left edge. Scroll down the page until you see that blue bar.
    • In Expanded view, scroll until you come to the message with the number that you searched for. (Expanded view does not include a vertical blue bar indicating the specific message.)

In a Premium or Enterprise group, the owner can allow members to repost messages to the group and can specify the maximum number of times that a message can be reposted. For example, a group that posts classified ads might allow members to repost ads after a specified period of time if items are not sold.

Note:

  • Reposted messages are tagged automatically with the #repost hashtag.
  • You can repost only your own messages.
  • The message you repost must be the first one in the topic. Replies cannot be reposted.

To repost a message in a group that allows reposting:

  1. After the number of days before reposting is allowed have elapsed, go to the group’s website and display the message that you want to repost.
    Note: The group’s owner or a moderator sets the number of days before messages can be reposted.
  2. Look for and click or tap More at the lower right of the message.
  3. In the popup menu, select Repost [subject to group limits].
  4. In the Verify Repost confirmation popup, click or tap Yes.

Related help topic

  1. Message reposting settings

Instructions for group members

A group’s owner might allow members to make changes to the content of their own messages in the message archive (that is, after the messages have been posted to the group).

Group members who are not owners or moderators can edit only messages that they have posted.

! Important: In this situation, edited messages are emailed to all group members automatically. Think carefully about whether you really need to flood other members’ email inboxes with minor corrections such as fixed typos.

To edit the content of a message that you posted:

  1. On the group’s website, locate and open the message you want to edit.
  2. Click or tap More at the lower right of the message and select Edit Message from the popup menu.
  3. On the Edit Message page, make your changes. In addition, it is good practice to include a short note that explains your edits. Enter the note in the text box under the body of the message. That note will be included in the updated message that is sent to the group.
    Note: You cannot change the subject line because it appears in all messages that are in that topic. Only group owners and moderators with the appropriate permissions can change a topic’s subject line.
  4. Click or tap the Save And Send To Group button. The edited message is sent to all group members.

In the archive, a blue Edited badge appears next to the message, at the far right under the original timestamp. All group members can click or tap that badge to see the message’s history and, if desired, compare revisions.

Instructions for group owners and moderators

Owners, and moderators with the appropriate permissions, can edit the content of all messages that are in the message archive on the group’s website.

Note: 

  • To edit messages before they are delivered by email and posted to the archive, you need to use some form of moderation on members or messages.
  • To change a topic’s subject line or hashtags, you need to edit the topic’s properties. See Editing the properties of topics in the archive. 

To edit the content of a message that has already been posted to the group:

  1. On the group’s website, locate and open the message you want to edit.
  2. Click or tap More at the lower right and select Edit Message from the popup menu.
  3. On the Edit Message page that appears:
    • Make your edits to the body of the message.
    • In the text box after the message body, add a brief note about the change.
      Note: This note is optional but recommended so the reason for the change is documented. The note appears in the edited message if you choose to send it to the group by email. The note also can be viewed by members who click or tap the blue Edited badge that appears next to edited messages on the group's website.
  4. Click or tap the appropriate button:
    • Save and Send to Group: Use this button if you want to send the edited message to the group by email. The message will include a statement that the message was edited along with the note you entered.
    • Save Without Sending: Use this button if you want to just save the edited message in the archive without emailing it to all group members. A copy will be sent to the original poster.

The message is sent or saved, according to the action that you took. In the archive, a blue Edited badge appears next to the message, at the far right under the original timestamp. All group members can click or tap that badge to see the message’s history and, if desired, compare revisions.

Group members can delete their own messages in the archive. Group owners and moderators with the appropriate permissions can delete any messages in the archive.

To delete an individual message within a topic (not the entire topic):

  1. On the group’s website, display the message you want to delete.
  2. Click or tap More under the message at the lower right.
  3. Select Delete Message from the submenu that appears.
  4. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

Note: Members who received the message by email will still have a copy (unless they deleted it from their email applications).

Related help topic

  1. Deleting topics

To report a message to the group’s moderators (for example, because you think it is not appropriate for the group) or to Groups.io Support (for example, because you think it violates the Groups.io Terms of Service):

  1. On the group’s website or in the the mobile app, open the message you want to report.
  2. Look for and click or tap More at the lower right of the message.
  3. In the popup menu, select Report This Message.
  4. In the Report Message popup, enter the reason you are reporting the message.
  5. Select Report to Moderators or Report to Groups.io Support, as applicable.
  6. Click or tap Report. An email message with the subject “Content flagged as objectionable” is sent to the group moderators or to Groups.io Support. Your email address is included in that message.

Note: The sender of the message you reported is not notified about the complaint. It is up to the group’s moderators or Groups.io Support to determine how to act on your complaint.

Some email providers notify Groups.io when group messages end up in the provider’s users’ spam folders. Most likely, the group messages were automatically flagged as spam by the email provider rather than having been specifically marked as spam by the users.

When Groups.io receives such a notification from an email provider, the system automatically unsubscribes that member from the group. Groups.io also sends the member an email with a link that lets them automatically and quickly resubscribe to the group if the spam flagging was a mistake.

If you receive a notification from Groups.io that you were removed from a group because of reported spam:

  • Click the link in the notification message that automatically resubscribes you to the group.
    Note: The link expires 7 days after the notification was sent.
  • Check the spam folder in your email application, and if that folder contains messages from Groups.io, mark those messages as not spam. Doing so will help train the email provider’s spam filters to make fewer mistakes about Groups.io emails.
    ! Important: Do not delete the messages from the spam folder or allow them to be automatically deleted from it. Otherwise, the email provider will likely continue flagging Groups.io messages as spam.

For additional information about this situation, see the wiki in the GroupManagersForum group.

If the group’s owner has allowed it, you can download the message archive for the group:

  1. At the top of any message view page, look for and click or tap the Export Group Data button.
    Note: 
    • On a mobile device, you might need to use landscape orientation to see the button.
    • If you do not see this button at all in a desktop browser, mobile browser, or the mobile app, the group’s owner has not allowed members to download the message archive.
  2. On the resulting page, in the Data to Export panel, select the Messages checkbox (it will be the only option).
  3. Click or tap the Export Group Data button below the Data to Export panel. Groups.io displays a green banner at the top of the page stating that your request has been submitted and that you can expect an email with a link to download a zip file (a compressed archive file) within 10 minutes.
  4. When you receive the email (the sender is Groups.io User Export Service, and the subject is “Export of [the group’s email address]”), click the Download Group Export link, and open or save the zip file.
    Note: The download link in the email is valid for 24 hours.

The zip file contains the message archive in mbox format, which you can open using an email client such as Mozilla Thunderbird or Apple Mail.

About digests

Group members who receive group messages by email can choose to receive digests of messages rather than receive each message individually as it is sent. You can choose to receive digests in HTML (full-featured) format or in plain text format. Alternatively, you can choose to receive daily summaries that list the topics and replies that were posted to the group the previous day. These settings are under Email Delivery on your Subscription page for the group.

To generate digests, the system groups a day’s messages into batches of 12 and delivers each batch in one digest message when the twelfth message is posted. The digests include the full text of each message, omitting any quotes of previous messages.

Note: If a digest had not been generated in the previous 6 hours and messages were posted to the group since the last digest, a digest is created at 6:00 AM local time for each member, based on the timezone in the member’s account preferences.

Full-featured digests

The top of a full-featured digest includes a list of the topics it contains. Each topic listed is a link you can click to go directly to that topic within the digest. If a topic has a number after it, that number is the count of messages in the topic that are included in the digest.

Example

Full-featured digest example

After the list of topics are the messages that were posted, with a footer after each message. For more information, see Footers in digests.

Note: In a full-featured digest, the number of images included per message is limited to two. All other message attachments are included as links to the group’s website.

Plain text digests

The top of a plain text digest includes a list of the topics it contains. The topics in that list are not links. If a topic has a number after it, that number is the count of messages in the topic that are included in the digest.

The group’s email address, group web address, and unsubscribe web address might appear as links (as in the example below) if your email application automatically creates links from text that appears to be email addresses or web addresses.

Example

Plain text digest example

After the list of topics are the messages that were posted, with a footer after each message. For more information, see Footers in digests.

Daily summaries

A daily summary contains a list of messages (topics or replies) that were posted the previous day. Unlike the digests, the summary does not include the text of any of the messages. For replies to an existing topic, the summary contains a link to the topic, not to the individual reply.

The summary is created at 6:00 AM local time for each member, based on the timezone in the member’s account preferences.

Each message that is delivered to group members by email contains standard content at the bottom known as a footer. (Messages in the archive on the group’s website do not display these footers.)

The contents and appearance of the footer depend on whether the message is formatted in HTML or plain text and on whether the message was delivered individually or included in a digest.

Note: Footers are different from signatures. Signatures are written by individual members and are specific to those members. (You can specify a signature in your group subscription preferences; see Subscription page.) Groups.io message footers are added by the system and are not under individual members’ control.

Full-featured digests

Full-featured digests have a footer under each message in the digest plus a different footer at the end of the entire digest.

The footers under individual messages in the digest look similar to this example:

Footer example

Other links that might appear in individual message footers include Mute This Topic, Unfollow This Topic, and Mute #hashtagname (with the specific hashtag name displayed). The links in the digest behave similarly to the ones in individual HTML messages.

The footer at the end of the entire digest looks similar to this example:

Footer example

Plain text digests

Plain text digests have a footer under each message in the digest plus a different footer at the end of the entire digest.

The footers under individual messages in the digest look similar to this example:

Footer example

The group owner email address and group web addresses might appear as links (as in the examples above and below) if your email application automatically creates links from text that appears to be email addresses or web addresses. Other links that might appear in individual message footers include Follow This Topic and Unfollow This Topic. The links in the digest behave similarly to the ones in individual plain text messages.

The footer at the end of the entire digest looks similar to this example:

Footer example

Formatted (HTML) messages

The footer in an individual group email message that is in HTML format looks similar to this example:

Footer example

Note: The footer might also contain some customized, group-specific or hashtag-specific content.

Plain text messages

The footer in an individual group email message that is in plain text format looks similar to this example:

Footer example

The group owner email address and group web addresses might appear as links (as in the example above) if your email application automatically creates links from text that appears to be email addresses or web addresses.

Note: The footer might also contain some customized, group-specific or hashtag-specific content.

Footer elements

Based on the format of an individual message (HTML or plain text) and the group's Reply To settings, these elements can appear in the message's footer:

  • The statement that appears here reflects the Message Selection setting on your Subscription page for the group.

    This statement appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

  • This link goes to the message on the group’s website. The number in parentheses is the message number in the archive

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

  • (Not shown in the HTML example above)

    This link is a mailto: link that opens a new message composition window in your email application. The group’s email address will be entered automatically in the To field.

    Note: The message you are replying to will not be quoted in your reply even if your email application is set up to quote messages that you reply to. If you want to quote the message, you can copy and paste its text into your reply, or you can click or tap the View/Reply Online link and then use the reply quoting features on the group’s website.

    This link appears only in HTML messages.

  • This link is a mailto: link that opens a new message composition window in your email application. The message sender’s email address will be entered automatically in the To field. Also, the callout “Private:” is added to the beginning of the subject line.

    Note: The message you are replying to will not be quoted in your reply even if your email application is set up to quote messages that you reply to. If you want to quote the message, you can copy and paste its text into your reply, or you can click or tap the View/Reply Online link and then use the reply quoting features on the group’s website.

    This link appears only in HTML messages.

  • This link opens a page on the group’s website where you can confirm that you do not want to receive further email replies to that topic.

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

  • (Not shown in the examples above)

    This link opens a page on the group’s website where you can confirm that you want to receive further email replies to that topic.

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

  • (Not shown in the examples above)

    If you are following the topic (either because you specifically chose to or because it is a topic that you created in a group in which the owner set the group’s Reply To setting to “Topic Followers Only”), this link opens a page on the group’s website where you can confirm that you want to stop receiving further email replies to that topic.

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

  • This link goes to the New Topic page on the group’s website, where you can create a new topic.

    This link appears only in HTML messages.

  • (Not shown in the plain text example above)

    This link opens a page on the group’s website where you can confirm that you do not want to receive further email replies to topics that have the indicated hashtag.

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

  • (Not shown in the examples above)

    When you are following a hashtag, this link appears. It opens a page on the group’s website where you can confirm that you do not want to receive messages in topics that have the indicated hashtag. 

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

  • This link goes to your Subscription page for the group.

    This link appears only in HTML messages.

  • This link is a mailto: link that opens a new message composition window in your email application. The owner email address for the group will be automatically entered in the To: field.

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text format.

  • This link opens a page on the group’s website where you can confirm that you want to unsubscribe this email address from the group.

    This link appears in both HTML and plain text messages.

Group owners can add customized, group-specific content to all message footers and add footers to individual hashtags.

When a message footer contains group-specific content, that content is placed between separators added by the system. In the examples below, customized content is highlighted in yellow.

Plain text example

Plain text customized footer example

Formatted (HTML) example

HTML customized footer example

If the message has a hashtag that includes a footer, the hashtag footer is displayed above the “Groups.io Links” line. In a digest, a hashtag footer is displayed immediately after the body of the message that contains the hashtag.

About hashtags

A hashtag is a word or phrase that contains no spaces and is prefixed with the hash character, # (also referred to as pound sign, number sign, or octothorpe). If the group’s settings allow members to add hashtags, you can “tag” a message with a hashtag by including it somewhere in the message’s subject line.

Examples:

  • My name is Inigo Montoya #intro
  • Seeking #advice for a #rosebush with blackened leaves

Hashtag uses

Hashtags have several uses within Groups.io, including controlling certain behaviors of topics and messages. Moderators can apply various settings to hashtags, and those settings are then applied to topics that are tagged with those hashtags.

Group members can use hashtags for:

  • On the group’s website, you can search on hashtags to easily find all messages tagged with them. See Searching by hashtags. 

    Example: If a group uses a hashtag called #intro for new member introductions, clicking or tapping on #intro in the hashtag list on the group’s website displays a list of all messages in which new group members have introduced themselves. 

  • You can stop receiving email messages in topics that are tagged with a particular hashtag. See Muting topics or hashtags. 

    Note: If a moderator has set a hashtag to Special (meaning messages with that hashtag are sent as special notices), you cannot mute that hashtag because special notices cannot be muted. 

  • If you have selected “Following Only” on the Advanced Preferences panel of your Subscription page for the group, you can follow (that is, receive messages posted in) topics that are tagged with a particular hashtag. See Following topics or hashtags. 

  • If you have enabled web/app notifications in your Groups.io account, you can turn on web/app notifications for individual hashtags:

    1. Display the group’s Hashtags page.
    2. Locate the hashtag you want to receive notifications for and click or tap Mute/Notify.
      Note: The button or link is labeled Follow/Notify, instead of Mute/Notify, if you have selected “Following Only” on the Advanced Preferences panel of your Subscription page for the group.
    3. On the resulting page, in the Notifications panel, select the Web/App Notify checkbox.
    4. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page. 

Owners and moderators can also use hashtags for:

  • If a hashtag’s Topic Duration is set, topics tagged with it will be deleted (or, if specified, locked) after that period of time. This feature can be useful when a topic will be obsolete after a certain amount of time—for example, topics about items for sale.

  • When a hashtag is set to Special, all messages tagged with it, including the original message in the topic and all replies from owners/moderators, are sent as special notices.

    Note: Hashtags set to Special cannot be muted. Also, only moderators and owners can send special notices. If a regular member replies to a special notice, their message is sent as a normal message. 

  • When a hashtag is set to No Email, all messages tagged with it are posted to the group’s website but not sent out as email messages.

  • When a hashtag is set to Moderated, messages sent to topics that are tagged with it require approval by a moderator.

  • When a hashtag is set to Replies Unmoderated, replies to topics that are tagged with it will be unmoderated, even if members who reply are moderated or the group itself is moderated.

  • When a hashtag is set to Locked, new topics that are tagged with it are locked immediately after the initial message that creates the topic is posted.

  • A hashtag with a Reply To setting other than Same as Group overrides the group’s Reply To setting.

Hashtag notes

  • The hashtag limit is five per topic. (The system allows message subject lines to contain more than five hashtags, but only the first five hashtags are saved in the message archive.)
  • The system treats uppercase and lowercase letters as the same and will not let anyone create the same hashtag with different capitalization. For example, if you create a #Question hashtag, the system will not allow you to then create a separate #question hashtag. After the #Question hashtag is created, if a message is sent with a hashtag of #question in the subject line, the system will change that hashtag to #Question before posting the message.
  • Hashtags can contain numerals along with other characters, but they cannot consist of only numerals.

If a group uses hashtags, you can view the list of hashtags using any of these methods:

  • Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, select Hashtags. The resulting Hashtags page lists all the hashtags that are used in the group. You can use the Gallery View and List View buttons at the upper right to change how the hashtags are displayed on the page.
  • Mobile device: Tap the More icon at the bottom of a group page and then select Hashtags from the More menu.
  • When you are viewing the group’s Topics page or Messages page, click or tap the Filter button at the top of the page, then click or tap the Hashtags button to display a dropdown list of the hashtags used in the group.

On the group’s Hashtags page or in the Hashtags dropdown list, you can click or tap an individual hashtag to display a page containing all the messages tagged with that hashtag.

When you are creating a new topic on the group website, you can apply existing hashtags by following these steps on the New Topic page:

  1. Click or tap the Add Tag button at the right of the subject line.
  2. In the Add Hashtags popup, select the desired hashtags. Be aware that some groups require every topic to include at least one hashtag.
  3. Click or tap the Add Hashtags button at the bottom of the popup.

When you are writing an email message to send to the group, you can simply enter hashtags on the subject line. If a hashtag you enter on the subject line does not already exist in the group, and the group allows members to create new hashtags, the hashtag is created.

Note: The system treats uppercase and lowercase letters as the same and will not let anyone create the same hashtag with different capitalization. For example, if you create a hashtag of #Question, the system will not allow you to create another hashtag of #question. If a message is sent with a hashtag of #question in the subject line, the system will change that hashtag to #Question before posting the message.

If you email a new topic to a group that requires hashtags but you do not include any hashtags on the email’s subject line, the system returns the message to you with a delivery failure notification that contains the statement “Messages to this group require at least one hashtag to be specified in the subject.” You must resend your message and include at least one of the required hashtags on the subject line. You can find out what hashtags are available by logging in to Groups.io and checking the group’s website. See Viewing the hashtags in a group. 

Note:

  • Hashtags take effect only if they are placed on the first message in a topic, and they will be applied to all messages in the topic.
  • It is possible to add a hashtag to an emailed reply by editing the subject line, but this addition has no effect. The hashtag will be included in the reply’s subject line for members receiving messages through email, but it will not be included in the subject line of the archived message or of any other messages within the topic.
  • Some hashtags might be reserved for moderator use only.
  • The hashtag limit is five per topic. (The system allows message subject lines to contain more than five hashtags, but only the first five hashtags are saved in the message archive.)

The Groups.io system automatically adds hashtags to certain notification messages (see the list below). Be aware that all the listed hashtags except for #guidelines-notice and #monthly-notice apply to features that are available only in Premium and Enterprise groups and in legacy Free groups.

Note: If the hashtag does not already exist in the group, the system creates it the first time the associated notice is posted. Owners and moderators can edit the properties of these hashtags if desired.

Tip for owners and moderators: If you want to set some properties before a hashtag is created systematically, such as setting it to No Email or to Moderated, you can manually create the tag—make sure you use the name as it is shown below—and apply the desired properties. Your properties will be retained when the system creates the hashtag. Exception: In the #guidelines-notice and #monthly-notice hashtags, the “Special” checkbox is set each month to match the “Send monthly as special” checkbox in the Group Guidelines notice and Monthly Reminder notice.

Click or tap a system hashtag name to see its associated notification:

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a calendar event was deleted (cancelled).

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that members are invited to a calendar event.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a calendar event is happening.

    Note: Because the noticification is time sensitive, this hashtag bypasses the group’s Message Moderation setting if it is set to moderate messages.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a calendar event is coming up.

    Note: Because the noticification is time sensitive, this hashtag bypasses the group’s Message Moderation setting if it is set to moderate messages.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that multiple calendar events (up to the next 20) are coming up.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a chat was created. This notification is sent when someone selects the “Send an announcement to the group” checkbox when creating a chat.

    Note: This hashtag appears with the notification only in the message archive (Topics view or Messages view). The hashtag is not displayed on the group’s Chats page.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a donation request was created. 

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a file, folder, or link was created, uploaded, updated, moved, or deleted in the group’s Files area. This notification is sent when someone selects the Notify Members checkbox during a file, folder, or link action.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification with the Group Guidelines notice, if that notice is set up for the group and is sent out automatically. The “Use by Mods Only” and “Replies by Mods Only” properties are applied to this hashtag by default.

    Note: Because the noticification is time sensitive, this hashtag bypasses the group’s Message Moderation setting if it is set to moderate messages.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification with the Monthly Reminder notice, if that notice is set up for the group. The “Use by Mods Only” and “Replies by Mods Only” properties are applied to this hashtag by default.

    Note: Because the noticification is time sensitive, this hashtag bypasses the group’s Message Moderation setting if it is set to moderate messages.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a photo or album was created, uploaded, updated, moved, or deleted in the group’s Photos area. This notification is sent when someone selects the Notify Members checkbox during a photo or album action.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a poll was created or updated.

  • This hashtag is included in the notification that a wiki page was created or updated. This notification is sent when someone selects the Notify Members checkbox when they are creating or updating a wiki page.

 

To make hashtags stand out clearly in the archive, any hashtags placed at the beginning or in the middle of a message’s subject line are duplicated at the end of the subject line, using whatever background color was chosen for the hashtag.

Example: A subject entered as “Seeking #advice for a #rosebush with blackened leaves” would be displayed in the archive as “Seeking #advice for a #rosebush with blackened leaves #advice #rosebush.”

Note: To view any of a group’s web features, you must be logged in to your Groups.io account.
See Logging in to your account.

Directory of members' profiles

Member list

Calendar

Chats

Databases

Files

Photos

Polls

Wiki

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

A group owner can choose whether to allow the members of the group to see the directory of members’ profiles. If a Directory entry appears in the left menu on the group’s website (desktop browser) or on the More menu (mobile device), the owner has allowed group members to see the directory. Click or tap the Directory entry to view the directory. 

On the Directory page, you can click or tap an individual member’s display name to view their individual profile.  

Note:

  • The directory of members’ profiles is different from the group’s member list.
  • The directory does not necessarily contain all group members. Only members who have chosen to make their profile visible can see other members who have opted to be included in the directory.
  • From the directory, you can send an email directly to another member by clicking or tapping the Message button in their entry. The limit is two emails per day to the same person, with a total limit of 10 emails per day per group.
  • If you think an individual member’s profile it is inappropriate for the group or violates the Groups.io Terms of Service), you can report it to the group moderators or to Groups.io Support using the Report This Profile button at the lower right on that member’s profile page. 

In a restricted membership group, the group owner can choose whether to allow the members of the group to see the member list. If a Members entry appears in the group’s left menu in a desktop browser or on the group’s More menu in the mobile app or a mobile browser, the owner has allowed group members to see the member list. Click or tap the Members entry to view the list.

Note: The member list is different from the directory of members’ profiles.

The member list contains group members’ display names, email addresses, email delivery methods, and the dates they joined (or were approved to join) the group. In Premium and Enterprise groups, the member list might contain additional member data fields added by group owners.

Certain colored badges (icons) might appear in the entries in the member list. For a list of these badges and their descriptions, see Member badges.

You can filter the member list to display only the members who are in certain categories or who have a certain status:

  1. At the top of the Members page, click or tap the Filter button.
  2. When the filter list appears, select the checkbox for the category or status by which you want to filter the member list. You can select more than one checkbox.
  3. ! Important: Go to the bottom of the filter list and click or tap Apply.

 

About group calendars

Viewing a group's calendar

Subscribing to a group's calendar

Adding calendar events

Editing or deleting calendar events

Downloading event iCalendar (ICS) files

Adding events from outside calendar invitations

Using the RSVP feature

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Groups.io provides a Calendar feature that members can use to view and create group events.

Group owners determine whether the Calendar feature is available in their groups and, if it is, who can view and create events: the general public (view only), all group members, or only group owners and moderators.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

Note: If you do not see a Calendar entry on the menu, then the Calendar feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view the calendar, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

Click or tap an event’s name to display a popup that summarizes the event. You can click or tap the See more details button at the bottom of the popup to display the event’s details page.

On the Calendar page, you can change the view of the calendar by clicking or tapping the button at the upper right and selecting the view you want: Month, Week, Day, or List. In Premium, Enterprise, and legacy Free groups, an additional selection, RSVPed only, is available. That selection displays only the RSVP events to which you responded you will attend. For more information, see Using the RSVP feature.

Tip: Groups.io also provides a consolidated calendar that contains events from the calendars of all the groups you belong to. See Your Calendar home page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

You can subscribe to a Groups.io calendar from another calendar such as Google Calendar, Microsoft Outlook, or Apple Calendar, as long as that calendar supports iCalendar format.

To subscribe to a group’s calendar from another calendar:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. At the bottom of the page, click or tap the Subscribe to Calendar button to display and copy the iCalendar URL of your Groups.io calendar.
  3. Go to the other calendar, and add the group calendar’s URL according to the other calendar’s instructions.

Note: The subscription (synchronization) is only one way, from Groups.io to the other calendar.

Tip: You can subscribe to your consolidated group calendar by clicking or tapping the Subscribe to Calendar button at the bottom of Your Calendar home page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To add an event to a group calendar:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Click or tap the Add Event button at the bottom of the page.
    Tip: In a desktop browser, you can also click a date in Month view, a time in a date column in Week view, or the time in Day view.
    Note: If the group does not allow members to add calendar events, the Add Event button is inactive and it is not possible to select a date or time.
  3. Complete the elements on the Add Event page:
      • In the Event Name field, enter the name of the event the way you want it to be listed on the calendar.
        ! Important: This name is required.
        Tip: You can enter hashtags in the Event Name field. Make sure you include the hash character (#), and put a space before each hashtag (and after a hashtag if it is the middle of the text).
      • Select the start date, end date, start time, end time, and (if necessary) timezone. If the event does not have a specific time, select the All Day checkbox, which removes the Start Time and End Time fields.
    • If the event is a repeating event, select the Event Repeats checkbox in the Repeats panel to display additional fields where you can select when and how often the event is repeated and when to end the repeating event.

    • Complete the desired fields in this panel. Be aware that:

      • A Google Maps link is created for an address or place entered in the Location field.
      • In the Organizer Email field, a mailto: link is created for the email address. 
        Note: By default, your (the event creator) email address is in this field. If you change the email address and it belongs to another member of the group, that member will have editing privileges for the event.
      • In the Organizer Phone field, a tel: link is created for the telephone number.

      Tip: The fields in this panel are optional, but completing them can simplify finding an event’s location or contacting an event’s organizer. You can also click or tap the Event Color box to assign a color to the event. Colors can be useful for visually categorizing events on the calendar.

    • If desired, click or tap the Add Reminder button in this panel to add one or more reminder notifications that will be sent to the group before the event occurs. Click or tap Add Reminder for each reminder you want to add. For example, you might want a reminder to be sent to the group 4 weeks before the event and another reminder to be sent 1 week before the event.

      Note: 

      • Reminder notification messages are tagged automatically with the #cal-reminder system hashtag.
      • The system ignores any reminder entered for less than 1 minute before the event. (The page does allow such a reminder to be entered initially, but if you edit the event later, that reminder will not be listed.)
    • Select this check box if you want a notification message to be sent to the group automatically at the time the event occurs. The message will be tagged with the #cal-notice system hashtag.

  4. When you have completed the Add Event page, go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the applicable button:
    • Add Event: Add the event to the calendar without sending a notification to group members that the event was added.
    • Add Event & Invite Group: Add the event to the calendar and send an email to group members with an attached iCalendar (ICS) file. Members can add that ICS file to their personal calendars if desired.
      Note: A #cal-invite system hashtag is automatically added to the e-mail’s subject line.
    • Back: Return to the calendar page if you change your mind about adding the event.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Editing an event

Note: Members can edit only events that they have created (if the group settings allow members to create and edit calendar events). Owners and moderators can edit any event. If you do not see an Edit button (step 2), you do not have permission to edit the event.

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the Edit button.
  3. Make your changes to the event’s details.
  4. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the applicable button:
    • Update Event: Update the event on the calendar without sending a notification to group members that the event was updated.
    • Update Event & Group: Update the event on the calendar and send an email to group members notifying them that the event was updated.

Deleting an event

Note: Members can delete only events that they have created (if the group settings allow members to create and edit calendar events). Owners and moderators can delete any event. If you do not see an Edit button (step 2), you do not have permission to delete the event.

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the Edit button.
  3. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Delete Event button at the far right. 
  4. In the Verify Delete confirmation popup that appears, click or tap Yes.
    Note: If you want to notify group members about the deletion, select the Send Notice To Group checkbox before you click or tap Yes. The email notice will contain an iCalendar (ICS attachment) that members can open to delete the event from their personal calendars if desired. The email notice will also include the #cal-cancelled system hashtag.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

If you want to add a copy of an event on a group’s calendar to a personal calendar that supports iCalendar format, you can download an ICS file for the group event:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the See more details button.
  3. On the event’s details page, in the Date and Time section, click or tap the Add to Calendar link. Depending on your brower or device’s settings, you can then save or open the ICS file.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Members who are permitted to add group calendar events can add events from outside calendars (such as Google Calendar and Microsoft Outlook) to the group’s calendar:

  1. In the outside calendar application, create an event (or appointment or meeting) as you normally would.
  2. In that event, add the group’s email address (typically in the form groupname@groups.io) as a guest or attendee.
  3. Send the outside calendar event invitation.

Group members receive the event invitation by email, and the event also is automatically added to the group’s calendar. 

Example: You create an event in Google Calendar and add the Groups.io group as a guest. This action generates an email message that is sent to the group with a calendar invitation. Assuming you have permission to add group calendar events, Groups.io creates an event in the group’s calendar in addition to sending the calendar invitation email to the group members.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About the RSVP feature

In a Premium, Enterprise, or legacy Free group, members who are permitted to add calendar events can request RSVPs to events and use these additional RSVP features:

  • Specify a maximum number of attendees for the RSVP event. (The group will maintain a wait list.)
  • Specify whether RSVP attendees can bring guests.
  • See a directory of people who have responded, and send email messages to only those who replied Yes or No.
  • Change members’ responses.
  • Export a list of RSVP attendees.
  • Create name tags for RSVP attendees, using a variety of Avery templates.

Requesting RSVPs to an event

To request RSVPs when you are adding a calendar event, look for the RSVP panel near the bottom of the Add Event page and ensure that the Request RSVP checkbox is selected (in a new event, it is selected by default). These additional elements are included in the RSVP panel:

  • To set a maximum number of attendees for the event, enter the number in this field. (Leave the number as 0 if you do not want to limit the number of attendees.) 

    Note:

    • This number includes any guests (if you select the checkbox below).
    • When the number of yes responses (including guests) reaches the maximum number you set, additional members who respond yes are placed on a wait list. If a member who is on the attendee list later updates their response to no, the first member on the wait list is added to the event automatically, and that member receives an email confirmation.
  • Select this checkbox if you want to allow attendees to bring guests. The event page that members use to RSVP will contain a button that attendees can use to specify the number of guests they will bring.

  • In this field, you can enter a question that you would like attendees to answer when they respond to the RSVP. For example, for a potluck dinner event, you could ask “What will you bring?”

    Note: The information entered in this field by responders is visible only to event creators, group owners, and group moderators who have the appropriate permissions.

  • In this field, you can enter information (for example, additional details) that will be sent by email to members who respond that they will attend the event.

    Note: If a respondent ends up on a waitlist, they will not receive this note.

When you have completed the Add Event page to your satisfaction, click or tap Add Event & Invite Group. Group members will receive an email invitation containing a link they can click to respond to the event. The invitation will also have an attached iCalendar (ICS) file. Members can add that ICS file to their personal calendars if desired.

Note: The RSVP link in the email invitation goes to the event’s page on the group website, so members who RSVP will need to log in to Groups.io if they are not logged in already.
Exception: Gmail and Outlook users will see response buttons in the email invitation, which they can click or tap to respond to the invitation without going to the group website. In Gmail, the buttons are labeled Yes, No, and Maybe; in Outlook, they are labeled Accept, Tentative, and Decline.

Responding to an RSVP event invitation

When you receive an emailed event invitation that requests an RSVP:

  1. Open the email invitation and click or tap the Click here to RSVP link. It takes you to the event’s page on the group website. You will need to log in to your Groups.io account if you are not already logged in.
    Gmail and Outlook users: You will see response buttons in the email message (Yes, No, Maybe in Gmail; Accept, Tentative, and Decline in Outlook). You can use those buttons to respond to the invitation without going to the group website. 
  2. On the RSVP event’s page:
    • Provide any information that the event creator requested.
    • If the event creator is allowing attendees to bring guests, and you plan to attend the event, select the number of guests you are bringing from the list above the Will Attend button. (That list will not be present if attendees are not allowed to bring guests.)
    • Click or tap the button that applies to your response: Will Attend, Will Not Attend, or Not Sure.
      Note: If the Not Sure button is not shown, it means the event’s creator has limited the number of attendees.

    You will receive an email notification confirming your response.

Note: If the event’s creator has limited the number of attendees, and:

  • The event is full when you respond that you will attend: You are added to a wait list. A notification, with your position on the wait list, will be displayed at the top of the page. If your position on the wait list changes, you will receive an email notification. Be aware that if you change your RSVP to Will Not Attend and later change it back to Will Attend, you will be put at the end of the wait list.
  • You were accepted as an attendee, but you later update your RSVP to increase the number of guests you are bringing and you get a notification that the event is full: You will be added to the wait list, but you will be at the end of the list.

Viewing RSVP event responses and contacting respondents

All group members can see who has responded to an RSVP event:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the RSVP event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the See more details button.
  3. On the event’s details page, click or tap the Responses button. On the Responses page, you can select a gallery (grid) view or a list view using the icons at the right above the list of respondents. You can also sort the responses by name, response type, or date.

Event creators, as well as group owners and moderators, can email members who have responded to the RSVP event:

  1. Follow steps 1 through 3 above.
  2. On the Responses page, click or tap the Actions button at the bottom, and select the desired Email All option.
  3. On the resulting page, compose your message, and click or tap the Send To Members button.

Changing someone’s response

Event creators, as well as group owners and moderators, can change other members’ responses to an RSVP event:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the RSVP event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the See more details button.
  3. On the event’s details page, click or tap the Responses button.
  4. On the Responses page, click or tap the List View icon above the list of respondents.
    Note: You cannot change responses from the gallery view.
  5. Select the checkbox next to the respondent's name. You can select more than one respondent if you want to change all of them to the same response.
  6. Click or tap the Actions button at the bottom of the page and select Change RSVP.
  7. In the Change RSVP popup, select the response you want to change to, then click or tap the Change button.

Creating name tags for event attendees

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the RSVP event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the See more details button.
  3. On the event’s details page, click or tap the Responses button.
  4. On the Responses page, click or tap the Actions button at the bottom, then select Create Name Tags.
  5. In the Create Name Tags popup, select the desired Avery template for name tags, then click or tap Create. Groups.io generates a PDF file of event attendees that is formatted for that template. The name tags contain the display names and photos (if provided) from the attendees’ group profiles.

Exporting a list of event attendees

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the RSVP event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the See more details button.
  3. On the event’s details page, click or tap the Responses button.
  4. On the Responses page, click or tap the Actions button at the bottom, then select Export Responses. A list of members who responded is exported to a comma-separated values (CSV) file. You can open or save the file and then sort it to obtain a list of members who responded that they will attend.

Locking or unlocking RSVP events

Locking an RSVP event prevents members from changing their responses to that event.

To lock an RSVP event:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the RSVP event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the See more details button.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the event’s details page and click or tap the Lock Event button. A statement that the event has been locked is added below the event’s description on its page, and members will not be able to change their RSVP responses nor will they be able to add a response if they have not already responded.

To unlock an RSVP event, follow the steps above, but in step 3, click or tap the Unlock Event button.

Note: Group members do not receive notifications when RSVP events are locked or unlocked. 

Cancelling an RSVP event

To cancel an RSVP event and notify the respondents about the cancellation:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Calendar.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon, then tap Calendar on the More menu.

  2. Find the RSVP event, click or tap its name to open its popup summary, then click or tap the See more details button.
  3. Click or tap the Cancel Event button at the bottom right of the details page. A message composition page appears.
  4. Enter an appropriate subject line and a message explaining the cancellation.
  5. If you want a copy of the cancellation message to go to yourself and/or the moderators of the group, select the appropriate Bcc: checkbox.
  6. Click or tap the Cancel Event And Email RSVPs button. Your cancellation message is sent to the event’s respondents. The event remains on the calendar (and is colored gray in Month, Week, and Day view). The event’s details page contains a statement that the event has been cancelled, and the response buttons are not active.

Deleting an RSVP event

See Editing or deleting calendar events.

About group chats

Creating a chat

Editing a chat

Joining a chat

Contributing to a chat

Leaving a chat

Deleting an individual chat message

Closing or reopening chats

Viewing open and closed chats

Deleting a chat

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Groups.io provides a Chats feature that group members can use to create and participate in interactive chats on a group’s website in real time. Be aware that:

  • Group owners determine whether the Chats feature is available in their groups and, if it is, who can create new chats: all members or only owners and moderators.
  • When someone creates a chat, Groups.io sends an email notification to group members. After that, ongoing activity in the chat does not generate additional email notifications. Members must log in to Groups.io to participate in and monitor chats.
  • All group members can participate in chats. Groups.io does not provide a “private” chat option that allows chat creators to restrict chats to subsets of group members.
  • In some web browsers, the Chat page does not display activity in real time. To see new chat content, members might need to refresh the Chat page periodically.
  • The Chat page does not display any indication that someone is composing a response. Participants do not see that chat activity is occurring until someone actually posts their response.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To create a new chat:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Chats.
    Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the Chats icon at the bottom of a page.
    Note: If you do not see a Chats menu item or icon, then the Chats feature is disabled for that group, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.
  2. On the Chats page, click or tap the New Chat button at the top.
    Note: If you do not see a New Chat button, the group is set to allow only owners and moderators to create chats.
  3. On the New Chat page, compose your chat:
    • Enter a concise but descriptive subject line that identifies the chat.
    • In the text editor box, enter a description of or reason for the chat.
    • Make sure the Send an announcement to the group checkbox is selected (it is selected by default).
  4. Click or tap the Create Chat button at the bottom of the New Chat page. Groups.io sends an email notification about the chat to group members. The subject line of the email notification contains the #chat-notice system hashtag.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Note: Only chat creators, group owners, or group moderators who have the appropriate permissions can edit chats.

To update the subject line or description (or both) of an open or closed chat:

  1. On the Chats page, click or tap the down arrow next to the chat’s posting date and select Edit Chat from the dropdown menu.
  2. Make your changes to the subject or description (or both).
  3. Click or tap the Update Chat button at the bottom of the page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

When you receive an email notification about a new chat, open the email message and click or tap the View/Join This Chat link to go to the chat’s page on the group website.

Note:

  • If you are not logged in to your Groups.io account, you will need to log in before the chat’s page is displayed.
  • If you have not set a username and/or display name in your Groups.io account, the Your Identity popup appears and prompts you to enter the missing element(s). This information is optional, but having a username allows other members to tag (@mention) you in chats, and the display name identifies you by something other than your email address. If desired, complete the popup and click or tap Update Identity (if you prefer not to add a username or display name, just click or tap Cancel). Then you will see the chat’s page.
    Note: The username you enter in the popup is added to your overall account profile. The display name you enter in the popup is added to your profile for this individual group; if the chat is in a subgroup, the display name is added to your profile for the main group. 
  • Do not reply to the notification email message. You cannot participate in group chats by email.

The chat’s page at the group’s website shows a preview of the chat activity so far. To participate in the chat, click or tap the Join Chat button on the page. 

Tip: Another way to join a chat is to  on the group’s website or in the mobile app and select the chat you want to join.

Desktop browser: In the left menu on a group’s website, select Chats.
Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the Chats icon at the bottom of a page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

After you join a chat, you can contribute to it by entering text in the text field at the bottom of the page and clicking or tapping the Send (up arrow) button to the right of the text field.

When you are entering a chat message, you can type @ to tag (also known as @mention) group members in that chat who have set up a username in their Groups.io account. (The username is part of your Groups.io account profile.)

If you want to include the content of another chat message in yours, click or tap and hold (“long press”) in that message and select the curved arrow icon from the popup. That chat message is duplicated above the text field. After you enter your message in the text field and send it to the chat, the content of the message you included appears above your message.

You can upload photos or videos to the chat by clicking or tapping the plus (+) button to the left of the text field and selecting Upload Photos or Upload Videos from the popup menu. On a mobile device, you can also tap the camera icon to the right of the text field to take a photo or video and upload it to the chat immediately.

To react to a chat message with an icon (also known as sending a Tapback), click or tap and hold (“long press”) in the chat message until a list of icons appears, then select the desired icon from the list.

Tip: In a message that has Tapbacks, you can click or tap the icons to display a list of the members who sent the Tapbacks.

To see a list of group members who are participating in the chat, click or tap the plus (+) button and select Chat Members from the popup menu.

Tip: You can receive web/app notifications for new messages posted to a chat by enabling them in the Member notification settings on your Subscription page for the group.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

If you no longer want to participate in a chat, you can leave it by clicking or tapping the plus (+) button to the left of the text field and selecting Leave Chat from the popup menu.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

You can delete a chat message that you posted by clicking or tapping and holding (long pressing) in that message and selecting the trash can icon from the popup.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Closing a chat

  1. .

    Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Chats.
    Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the Chats icon at the bottom of a page.

  2. On the Chats page, locate the chat you want to close and click or tap the down arrow next to its posting date.
  3. From the dropdown menu, select Close Chat. The chat is removed from the list of open chats. The chat is still available to view on the group’s website, but members cannot contribute to it.

Tip: Another way you can close a chat is to select Edit Chat (instead of Close Chat) from the dropdown menu next to the chat’s posting date, and then, on the Edit Chat page, click or tap the Close Chat button. If desired, you can update the subject or description of the chat before you close it from this page.

Reopening a chat

To reopen a closed chat so members can contribute to it again:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Chats.
    Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the Chats icon at the bottom of a page.

  2. Click or tap the Open Chats link at the top, and select Closed Chats from the dropdown list.
  3. Locate the closed chat that you want to reopen and click or tap the down arrow next to its posting date.
  4. From the dropdown menu, select Reopen Chat.

Tip: Another way you can reopen a chat is to select Edit Chat (instead of Reopen Chat) from the dropdown menu next to the chat’s posting date, and then, on the next page, click or tap the Reopen Chat button. If desired, you can update the subject or description of the chat before you reopen it from this page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

When you go to the Chats page on a group’s website, the currently open chats are listed by default.

To see a list of chats that are closed but still available on the group’s website:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Chats.
    Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the Chats icon at the bottom of a page.

  2. Click or tap the Open Chats link at the top, and select Closed Chats from the dropdown list.

To view the contents of an open or closed chat on its own page, click or tap the chat’s subject link.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To delete a chat:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, select Chats.
    Mobile device: Go to the group and tap the Chats icon at the bottom of a page.

  2. On the Chats page, look for the open or closed chat you want to delete and click or tap the down arrow next to its posting date.
  3. From the dropdown menu, select Delete Chat. In the Verify Delete confirmation popup, click or tap Yes. The chat is deleted from the group.

Tip: Another way you can delete a chat is to select Edit Chat from the dropdown menu next to the chat’s posting date and then, on the Edit Chat page, click or tap the Delete Chat button at the bottom.

About group databases

Viewing databases

Creating a database

Editing a database

Importing JSON or CSV files

Database columns

Database rows

Database properties

Changing a database's owner

Exporting a database

Deleting a database

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Groups.io provides a Databases feature that members can use to view and create databases on a group’s website. Example uses for databases include (but are not limited to):

  • A membership roster for an organization, club, or community group
  • A list of local suppliers, such as craft suppliers for a crafting group
  • A list of projects and members who are assigned to them
  • A list of links to websites that are of interest to group members 

Note: Group owners determine whether the Databases feature is available in their groups and, if it is, who can view and create databases: all members or only owners and moderators.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To view a database:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Databases.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Databases on the More menu.
    Note: If you do not see a Databases entry, then the Databases feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view database tables, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.
  2. On the Databases page, click or tap a database’s link to display it on its own page.

On a database’ page, you can:

  • Click or tap a column’s name to sort the database by that column. Clicking or tapping the column heading a second time reverses the sort order.
  • Hide any columns that you do not want to see on the page. At the top of the page, click or tap the Visible button, which displays a list of the column names. Clear the checkboxes next to the names of the columns you want to hide.
  • Change the number of rows you see on the page in the display preferences for your Groups.io account. See Setting the number of items to show on group web pages.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To create a database:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Databases.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Databases on the More menu.

  2. On the Databases page, click or tap the New Database button at the top.
    Note: If you do not see this button, the group does not allow members to create databases.
  3. On the Add Database page, specify the database’s properties and add columns.
  4. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Create Database button. The database is created and added to the Databases page. Now you (and group members, if they are allowed) can add rows to the database.

Tip: If you have a JSON file that is formatted for a database table, you can import that file to create the database. See Importing JSON or CSV files.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To edit a database:

  1. Display the Database you want to edit.
  2. At the top of the page, click or tap the Edit Table Properties button.
    Note: If you do not see this button, the group does not allow members to edit databases.
  3. On the Modify Database page, edit the properties and columns as desired.
    Tip: To delete a column, click or tap the X at the far right in the column’s panel heading.
  4. Scroll to the bottom of the Modify Database page and click or tap the Update button.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About JSON and CSV files

You can create a Groups.io database by importing an existing file that is one of these types:

A JSON file can contain all the properties of a database (including description, permissions, and so on). A CSV file can contain only table columns and rows.

Note:

  • If the group does not allow members to create databases, you will not be able to import JSON or CSV files.
  • Explaining how to create JSON and CSV files is outside the scope of the Groups.io Help Center.

Importing a JSON file

  1. Display the group’s Databases page.
  2. Click or tap the Import JSON button at the top.
  3. In the Import JSON popup, use the Browse button to navigate to and select the JSON file that you want to import, then click or tap the Import button.

Importing a CSV file

! Important: Before you import a CSV file, you must first create a database and add columns that match the columns in the CSV file. Groups.io cannot import a CSV file to a database unless the corresponding columns already exist in that database.

Tip: The CSV file can contain a header line with column names that match the columns in the database you created, but a header line is not required.

To import a CSV file:

  1. Display the database containing the columns that are in the CSV file.
  2. On that database’s page, click or tap the Import Rows button.
  3. In the Import CSV popup:
    • Use the Browse button to navigate to and select the CSV file that you want to import.
    • If the first line of the CSV file contains the column names, select the File Has Header Line checkbox.
    • Click or tap the Import button.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Adding columns

On the Add Database (or Modify Database) page, each column has its own panel. For a new database, three columns are displayed by default. You can add more columns (one at a time) by clicking or tapping the Add Column button at the bottom of the page.

Changing column order

To change the order of columns in the database, click or tap the up or down arrow at the far right on the column’s panel heading to move the column up or down on the page.

Deleting columns

To delete a column, click or tap the X next to the down arrow at the far right in the column’s panel heading.

Column properties

  • Enter the name that will appear in the column heading at the top of the table. 

  • From the list, select the type of content the column will contain. See Table column types below.

  • (optional)

    In this field, you can enter a description of the column that will appear under that column’s field on each row’s individual page when the row is viewed or edited. You could use this description to contain brief instructions for completing entries in this column.

  • If desired, enter a specific width for the column. This value specifies the number of pixels—not characters. Leave the default value of 0 if you want the column to adjust automatically (wrapping the content, if needed), along with other columns, to fit the width of the table on the page.

    Tip: In general, leaving the display width set to 0 for all columns in the table results in the best table appearance in different browsers and on different devices.

  • Select this checkbox if you want the column to be hidden by default when members view the table. When they are viewing the table, members can use the Visible button at the bottom of the table’s page (see Viewing databases) to display the column if desired.

  • If you want to assign a color to the column (for example, to help distinguish it on the page), click or tap this box to display a color palette, and select the color you want to use.

  • Select this checkbox if you want to require members to provide an entry in this column when they add a new row to the table.

Column types

From the Type list on a column’s panel, select the type of content the column will contain:

  • Adds a column entry for members to enter a single line of information.

  • Adds a column entry for members to enter more text than a single line. This type allows members to add blank lines in the column entry by pressing the Enter key.

  • Adds a column entry that allows HTML formatting.

  • Displays a checkbox—and only a checkbox—in the column entry. With this column type, you might use the column’s Description field to explain why someone would select this checkbox when they are adding a table row.

  • Adds a column entry for members to enter a number.

  • Displays a dropdown list in the column entry. Members must select one item from the list.

    When you select this type, Choices boxes appear at the end of this column’s panel, under the Answer Required checkbox. In the boxes, enter the items that members can choose from. Click or tap the Add Choice button if you need to add more items.

  • Displays a list of items with checkboxes in the column entry. This type allows members to select more than one item.

    When you select this type, Choices boxes appear at the end of this column’s panel, under the Answer Required checkbox. In the boxes, enter the items that members can choose from. Click or tap the Add Choice button if you need to add more items.

  • Adds a popup calendar in the column entry that members can use to select a date. Alternatively, members can enter a date directly.

  • Adds a dropdown list in the column entry that contains 30-minute time increments. Members can select a time from the list or enter a time directly.

  • Adds a column entry that contains Address Line 1, Address Line 2, City, State/Province/Region, and Postal/ZIP Code fields plus a country selection list.

    When you select this type, a dropdown list to select a country appears at the end of this column’s panel, under the Answer Required checkbox. You can select a country to use as the default for entries in this column (members adding rows will be able to change the country if desired) or leave the country unselected.

    Tip: This column type is of limited use when sorting tables because the sort uses the characters of Address Line 1. If you want to be able to sort the table by individual address elements such as city, state, ZIP Code, and so on, you should consider creating a separate Single Line Text column for each address element.

    Note:

    • In Premium and Enterprise groups, the Address column type enables a feature that allows the table to be displayed in a map view using Google Maps. Map view is limited to tables of up to 1,000 rows (for system performance reasons).
    • In legacy Free groups, each address in an Address column will have a [Map] link that members can click to open a map for that location in a separate tab or window. 
  • Adds a column entry that members can use to enter a web page URL (which will become a clickable link), a name for the link, and a description of the link.

  • Adds a column entry that members can use to include an image.

    Note: The group’s owner might set a maximum size for images in databases, in which case, images that are uploaded to the table might get resized.

  • Adds a column entry that members can use to include an email address. Entries in this column will become clickable mailto: links that will bring up a new message window in users’ email applications.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Adding rows

  1. Display the database you want to add rows to.
  2. At the top of the database’s page, click or tap the Add Row button.
    Note: If the Add Row button is not available, the database’s creator has not allowed members to add rows to the database.
  3. On the Add Row page, complete the fields.
  4. Click or tap the Save Row button at the bottom of the page.

Tip: Another way to add rows to a database is to import a CSV file containing rows and columns that match the database’s columns. See Importing a CSV file.

Editing rows

  1. Display the database containing the row you want to edit.
  2. On the on the database’s page, select the checkbox next to the row to be edited.
  3. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the View/Edit Row button.
  4. On the Update Row page, make your changes, then click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.

Deleting rows

  1. Display the database containing the row or rows you want to delete.
  2. On the database’s page, select the checkbox next to the row or rows to be deleted.
  3. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Delete Rows button.
  4. When the Verify Delete confirmation popup appears, click or tap Yes.

Tip: You can also delete rows using the Delete button at the bottom of the Update Row page (see Editing Rows above).

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

On the Add Database or Modify Database page, you can specify or update these properties of a database table:

  • In this field, enter the name of the table. This name will become the link on the Databases page that members click or tap to view the table.

  • In this field, enter a short description that will appear under the database’s name on the Databases page.

  • In this field, enter a more detailed description that will appear at the top of the database’s page when members are viewing the database.

  • specifying who can view and edit the database, add rows, and edit rows

    In each list on the Permissions panel—View Database, Edit Database, Add Rows, Edit Rows—select who can perform the associated action for that table. The options are all group members or only group moderators plus the database owner.

    You can also change the database owner on this panel by selecting a different person from the Database Owner list.

  • for hiding system-provided columns

    In this panel, you can specify whether the system-provided ID and Updated columns in the database are hidden by default when members view the database. Select the checkbox for the column you want to hide (you can select both). Members can later use the Visible button at the bottom of the database’s page (see Viewing databases) to display those columns if desired.

    Note:

    • The ID column contains sequential numbers that Groups.io automatically assigns to table rows to uniquely identify them. ID numbers are permanently assigned to rows and do not change when other rows are added or deleted.
    • The Updated column contains the date when the associated row was last updated.
    • The ID and Updated columns cannot be edited.

! Important: If you are modifying a database, make sure you scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update button to apply your changes.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Note: Only the database’s current owner, a moderator who has the appropriate permissions, or a group owner can change a database’s owner.

To change a database’s owner:

  1. Display the database.
  2. At the top of the database’s page, click or tap the Edit Table Properties button.
  3. On the Modify Database page, in the Permissions panel, click or tap the Database Owner dropdown list and select the member who is to be the table’s new owner.
  4. Scroll to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Update button.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

You can export a database table to a JSON file or a CSV file:

  1. Display the database you want to export.
  2. On the database’s page, click or tap the Export Table button at the top of the page.
    Note: On a mobile device, you might need to display the page in landscape mode to see the button.
  3. In the Export Table popup, click or tap the JSON Format button or the CSV Format button.
  4. Save the resulting file. 

Tip: An exported JSON file contains all the properties of the table specified in the group, including description, permissions, and so on. An exported CSV file contains only the table columns and rows. If you want to preserve a copy of the table along with all of its group properties (for example, so you can later import it back into a group), export the table to a JSON file. 

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To delete a database:

  1. Display the database you want to delete.
  2. On the database’s page, click or tap the Edit Table Properties button at the top.
    Note: If you do not see this button, the group does not allow members to delete databases.
  3. On the Modify Database page, scroll to the bottom and click or tap the Delete Table button.
  4. In the Verify Delete confirmation popup, click or tap Yes.

About the Files feature

Viewing files

Uploading files and folders or adding links

Creating folders

Updating files, folders, and links

Moving files, folders, and links

Deleting files, folders, and links

Reporting files or folders to moderators or Groups.io support

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Groups.io provides a Files feature that members can use to upload and view files on a group’s website. Files can be organized in folders. 

A group’s Files section can also contain links to files that are stored in external locations such as Dropbox and Google Drive as well as links to other websites.

Note:

  • Group owners determine whether the Files feature is available in their groups and, if it is, who can view and upload files: all members or only owners and moderators.
  • The size limit for an uploaded file is 2GB.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To view a file:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Files.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Files on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Files entry on the menu, then the Files feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. On the Files page, click or tap a file’s link to open the file. If the files are organized in folders, click or tap a folder’s link to open it and see the files it contains.

Tips:

  • On the Files page, you can click or tap a column’s heading to sort the list of files and folders by that heading. Clicking or tapping the column heading a second time reverses the sort order.
  • You can change the number of files and folders you see on a page in the display preferences for your Groups.io account. See Setting the number of items to show on group web pages.
  • You can use the Search field and icon at the upper right of the Files page to search for files. The search engine finds keywords in file names and descriptions, and it also searches the contents of plain text and PDF files only. It does not search the contents of any other types of files (such as Microsoft Word documents).

Related help topic

  1. About the Files feature

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To upload a file or a folder to the Files section, or to add a link to an external file or website:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Files.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Files on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Files entry on the menu, then the Files feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. On the Files page, click or tap the New/Upload button at the top and, from the dropdown menu, select the desired option:
    • Create a new folder to contain files.

      Note: If you do not see this option, the group does not allow members to create new folders.

    • Upload a file or files. If you are uploading more than one file, the description you enter will be applied to each file.

    • Upload an entire folder and the files it contains (including any subfolders and their files). The folder structure will be preserved in the group.

      Note: If you do not see this option, the group does not allow members to upload folders.

    • Add a link to a file that is stored on Google Drive. Use the function in Google Drive to get a shareable link to the file, and then copy and paste that link into the Google Drive URL field in the Link To A File On Google Drive popup.

    • Add a link to a file that is stored in Dropbox. Use the function in Dropbox to get a shareable link to the file, and then copy and paste that link into the Dropbox URL field in the Link To A File On Dropbox popup.

    • Add a link to a file that is stored in Box. Use the function in Box to get a shareable link to the file, and then copy and paste that link into the Box URL field in the Link To A File On Box popup.

    • Add a link to a file that is stored on OneDrive. Use the function in OneDrive to get a shareable link to the file, and then copy and paste that link into the OneDrive URL field in the Link To A File On OneDrive popup.

    • Add a link to a file that is hosted by another service, or even a link to a website or web page rather than to a specific file.

  3. In the popup that appears, complete the fields and then click or tap the Add button.
    If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the file, folder, or link to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox before you click or tap Add. The email notification will contain a link to the item that you added and will have the #file-notice system hashtag. (If you are uploading multiple files, only one email notice is sent, with a separate link for each file.)

Note:

  • If the New/Upload button is not available, one of these situations applies:
    • The group has reached its storage limit.
    • The folder’s owner does not allow other members to upload files to the folder.
    • Members are not allowed to upload files to the group.
  • The size limit for an uploaded file is 2GB.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To create a folder in the Files section:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Files.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Files on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Files entry on the menu, then the Files feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. On the Files page, click or tap the New/Upload button at the top.
  3. From the dropdown menu, select New Folder.
    Note: If you do not see this option, the group does not allow members to create new folders.
  4. In the New Folder popup:
    • Enter a name for and description of the folder.
    • From the Upload Privileges list, select the applicable option based on whether you want other members or only yourself to be able to add files to the folder.
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notice about the new folder to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the folder and will have the #file-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap the Add button.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

It is not possible to edit the content of existing files in the Files section of a group’s website, but you can upload a new version of a file to replace the existing version. You can also edit the name and description of an existing file or folder, and you can update the URL and description of a linked file or website.

To make any of these changes:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Files.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Files on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Files entry on the menu, then the Files feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. Locate the file, folder, or link you want to modify, and click or tap the Update icon (pencil in a square) next to it.
  3. In the Update popup, make your desired changes. If you want to notify group members about the update, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notice will contain the #file-notice system hashtag.
  4. Click or tap the Update button.

Note: The date in the Updated column on the Files page changes only in these cases:

  • A new version of a file is uploaded.
  • The description of a file, link, or folder is changed. 
  • For a link: The URL is changed.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To move a file, folder, or link in the Files section:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Files.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Files on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Files entry on the menu, then the Files feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. Locate the item you want to move, and click or tap the Move icon (scissors) next to it.
  3. In the Move popup, select the folder you want to move the item to. The item is moved to the selected folder.
    Note: If you want to notify group members about the move, select the Notify Members checkbox before you select the folder. The email notice will contain the #file-notice system hashtag.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To delete a file, folder, or link from the Files section:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Files.

    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Files on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Files entry on the menu, then the Files feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. Locate the item you want to delete, and click or tap the Delete icon (trash can) next to it.
  3. In the Verify Delete confirmation popup, click or tap Yes.
    Note: If you want to notify group members about the deletion, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notice will contain the #file-notice system hashtag.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To report a file, folder, or link to the group’s moderators (for example, because you think it is not appropriate for the group) or to Groups.io Support (for example, because you think it violates the Groups.io Terms of Service):

  1. On the group’s website or in the the mobile app, locate the item you want to report, and click or tap the Report File icon (flag) next to it.
  2. In the Report File popup
    • Enter the reason you are reporting the file or folder.
    • Select Report to Moderators or Report to Groups.io Support, as applicable.
    • Click or tap Report. An email message with the subject “Content flagged as objectionable” is sent to the group moderators or to Groups.io Support. Your email address is included in that message.

Note: The member who uploaded the item you reported is not notified about the complaint. It is up to the group’s moderators or Groups.io Support to determine how to act on your complaint.

About the Photos feature

About the Emailed Photos album

Viewing photos

Creating albums

Editing albums

Adding photos

Editing photos

Moving photos

Deleting photos

Deleting albums

Reporting photos to moderators or Groups.io support

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Groups.io provides a Photos feature that members can use to upload and view image files on a group’s website. Images can be organized in albums.

Note:

  • Group owners determine whether the Photos feature is available in their groups and, if it is, who can view and upload image files: all members or only owners and moderators.
  • The size limit for an uploaded image file is:
    • 100MB in legacy Free groups
    • 1GB in Premium and Enterprise groups

Images that are included in or attached to group messages are automatically stored in a system-created album named Emailed Photos. That album is always listed first on the Photo Albums page. Group members cannot upload images to the Emailed Photos album manually. Only group owners and moderators can delete images in that album.

Note: Only images that are larger than 100x100 pixels are displayed in the Emailed Photos album.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To view a photo:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Photos.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Photos on the More menu.
    Note: If you do not see a Photos entry on the menu, then the Photos feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view photos, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.
  2. On the Photo Albums page, click or tap a album’s thumbnail to open the album.
  3. On the album’s page, click or tap a photo’s thumbnail to view the photo.

Tips:

  • You can change the sort order of albums or photos by clicking or tapping the Sort By button at the top right of the page and selecting the desired sort option.
    Note: On the Photo Albums page, the Emailed Photos album is always listed first.
  • You can change the number of albums and photos you see on a page in the display preferences for your Groups.io account. See Setting the number of items to show on group web pages.
  • You can use the Search field and icon at the upper right of the Photos page to search for photos. The search engine searches across all photo albums in the group (except the Emailed Photos album) for keywords in photo file names and descriptions.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To create a photo album:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Photos.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Photos on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Photos entry on the menu, then the Photos feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. On the Photo Albums page, click or tap the New Album button.
    Note: If you do not see this option, the group does not allow members to create new albums.
  3. In the New Album popup:
    • Enter a title for and description of the album.
    • From the Upload Privileges list, select the applicable option based on whether you want other members or only yourself to be able to add photos to the album.
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the album to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the album and will have the #photo-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap the Create button.

Note: If the album description is too long, some of it will not be visible on the album’s main page. Depending on the font size, up to about five lines of text will fit. When you are creating an album, you should verify that the entire description is visible on the album’s main page.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Group members can edit their own albums; owners and moderators can edit any members’ albums. The edits you can make are changing the owner, changing the title or description, and changing who has access.

Note: If the album description is too long, some of it will not be visible on the album’s main page. Depending on the font size, up to about five lines of text will fit. When you are editing an album’s description, you should verify that the entire description is visible on the album’s main page.

To edit an album:

  1. Open the album you want to edit.
  2. On the album’s page, click or tap the Edit Album button.
  3. On the Edit page, make your desired changes.
  4. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  5. In the Verify Update popup:
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the updated album to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the album and will have the #photo-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap Yes to save the updated album (and send an email to members if you selected the Notify Members checkbox).

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To add a photo or photos to an album:

  1. .

    Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Photos.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Photos on the More menu.

    Note: If you do not see a Photos entry on the menu, then the Photos feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view files, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

  2. On the Photo Albums page, click or tap the thumbnail of the album you want to add photos to.
  3. On that album’s page, click or tap the Add Photos button.
  4. In the Upload Photos popup:
    • Drag and drop an image file, or multiple files, to the popup, or click or tap the Browse button and select the image or images you want to upload.
    • If desired, in the Description field, enter a brief description of the photo. If you are uploading more than one photo, the description will be applied to each photo.
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the upload to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the photo and will have the #photo-notice system hashtag. If you are uploading multiple photos, only one email notification is sent, with a separate link for each photo.
    • Click or tap the Add button.

Note:

  • If the Add Photos button is not available, one of these situations applies:
    • The group has reached its storage limit.
    • The album’s owner does not allow other members to add photos to the album.
    • Members are not allowed to add photos to the group.
  • The size limit for an uploaded photo is:
    • 100MB in legacy Free groups
    • 1GB in Premium and Enterprise groups

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Group members can edit their own photos; group owners and moderators can edit any members’ photos. The edits members can make to a photo are limited to changing the name or description, rotating it right or left, and making it the album’s cover photo (if you also created that album). Only group owners and moderators can change the owners of photos.

To edit a photo:

  1. Display the photo you want to edit.
  2. At the bottom of the photo’s page, click or tap the Edit button.
  3. On the Edit Photo page, make your desired changes.
  4. Click or tap the Update button at the bottom of the page.
  5. In the Verify Update popup:
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the updated photo to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the photo and will have the #photo-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap Yes to save the updated photo (and send an email to members if you selected the Notify Members checkbox).

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Group members can move their own photos; owners and moderators can move any members’ photos.

To move a photo to a different album:

  1. Display the photo you want to move.
  2. At the bottom of the photo’s page, click or tap the Move button.
  3. In the Move Photo popup:
    • Select the link of the album you want to move the photo to.
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the moved photo to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the photo and will have the #photo-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap the Move button.

Note:

  • The Move button is disabled if only one album exists.
  • It is not possible to move photos around within an album.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Group members can delete their own photos; owners and moderators can delete any members’ photos.

To delete a photo:

  1. Display the photo you want to delete.
  2. At the bottom of the photo’s page, click or tap the Edit button.
  3. On the Edit Photo page, scroll to the bottom and click or tap the Delete button.
  4. In the Verify Delete confirmation popup:
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the deleted photo to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will have the #photo-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap Yes to delete the photo (and send an email to members if you selected the Notify Members checkbox).

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Group members can delete their own albums; owners and moderators can delete any members’ albums. 

To delete an album:

  1. Open the album you want to delete.
  2. On the album’s page, click or tap the Delete Album button.
  3. In the Verify Delete popup:
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the deleted album to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will have the #photo-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap Yes to delete the updated album (and send an email to members if you selected the Notify Members checkbox).

Tip: Another way to delete an album is to go to its Edit page and then click or tap the Delete button at the bottom.

Related help topic

  1. Editing albums

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To report a photo to the group’s moderators (for example, because you think it is not appropriate for the group) or to Groups.io Support (for example, because you think it violates the Groups.io Terms of Service):

  1. On the group’s website or in the the mobile app, display the photo you want to report.
  2. At the bottom of the photo’s page, click or tap the Report This Photo button.
  3. In the Report Photo popup:
    • Enter the reason you are reporting the photo.
    • Select Report to Moderators or Report to Groups.io Support, as applicable.
    • Click or tap Report. An email message with the subject “Content flagged as objectionable” is sent to the group moderators or to Groups.io Support. Your email address is included in that message.

Note: The member who uploaded the photo you reported is not notified about the complaint. It is up to the group’s moderators or Groups.io Support to determine how to act on your complaint.

About the Polls feature

Viewing the list of polls in a group

Creating a poll

Editing a poll

Voting in a poll

Viewing the results of a poll

Exporting the results of a poll

Sending email to poll respondents

Closing or reopening polls

Deleting a poll

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Groups.io provides a feature that members can use to create and respond to polls on a group’s website. Be aware that:

  • Group owners determine whether the feature is available in their groups and, if it is, who can create new polls: all members or only owners and moderators.
  • New and updated polls are sent to group members as messages with the system hashtag #poll-notice in the subject line. (If the hashtag does not yet exist in the group, it is created the first time a member posts a poll.)
  • To vote in polls, members must log in to their Groups.io accounts. Members cannot participate in polls by email.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To view the list of polls in a group:

  1. On the group’s website, go to the Topics page.
  2. On the Topics page, click or tap the top left button (which is labeled Topics by default) and select Polls from the dropdown menu.

Tip: You can also search the archive by the #poll-notice hashtag. See Searching by hashtags.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To create a poll:

  1. Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click New Poll.
    Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap New Poll on the More menu.
    Note: If you do not see a New Poll entry on the menu, then the Polls feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to create polls, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.
  2. On the New Poll page, compose your poll:
    • Enter a concise but descriptive subject line that identifies the poll.
    • In the Question text editor box, enter your poll question.
    • In the Answers section, enter the answers or choices that you want other members to vote for. To include more than three answers, click or tap the Add Answer button. To remove an answer, click or tap the X button at the far right on the answer’s line.
    • Under Additional Options, select any of these other options that you want to apply to the poll:
  3. Click or tap the Post Poll button at the bottom of the New Poll page. Groups.io sends an email message to group members that contains the poll questions and a link to vote. The subject line of the email notification contains the #poll-notice system hashtag.

Related help topic

  1. About the Polls feature

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To edit a poll:

  1. Locate and open the poll you want to edit.
  2. On the poll’s page, click or tap More at the lower right.
  3. In the popup menu, select Edit Poll.
  4. Make your changes to the poll.
  5. Click or tap the Update Poll button at the bottom of the page. Groups.io sends an email message to group members to notify them that the poll was updated. The subject line of the email notification contains the #poll-notice system hashtag. Members can click or tap the link in the message to visit the poll and, if necessary, change their votes.

Note: Because polls are a form of group messages, edited polls display the blue Edited badge in the archive on the group’s website.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

When you receive an email notification about a new poll, open the email message and click or tap the link labeled Click Here To Vote to go to the poll’s page on the group website. (If you are not logged in to your Groups.io account, you will need to log in before the poll’s page is displayed. See Logging in to your account.) 

! Important: Do not reply to the email notification message. You cannot participate in group polls by email. If you reply to the email notification, your vote will not be recorded.

On the poll’s page, select the item (or items, if the poll allows multiple selections) you want to vote for, then click or tap the Vote button.

If you want to change your vote and the poll is not yet closed, go to the poll’s page, change your selection, and click or tap the Change Vote button.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Poll creators, group owners, and group moderators who have the Edit Archives permission can view the results of a poll:

  1. In the list of polls, locate the poll you are interested in and click or tap its subject line to open it on its own page.
  2. If the poll is still open for voting, click or tap the See Results link to display a list of the poll items and the number of votes each item received.
    If the poll is closed, the results are displayed automatically.
  3. To see who responded to the poll, click or tap the See Who Responded button in the list of results.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Note: Only owners and moderators can export poll results, to prevent potential harvesting of respondents’ email addresses.

To export the results of a poll (for example, so you can sort them):

  1. View the results of the poll and click or tap the See Who Responded button.
  2. On the Poll Responses page, click or tap the Export button at the bottom.
  3. In the Export Poll popup, select your preferred format (JSON or CSV). Then open or save the file of exported results.

Related help topic

  1. Viewing the results of a poll

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Poll creators, group owners, and group moderators who have the Edit Archives permission can send email to the members who responded to a poll:

  1. View the results of the poll and click or tap the See Who Responded button.
  2. On the Poll Responses page, click or tap the Email button at the bottom and select the respondents you want to email. The Post To Member page appears.
  3. Complete the Post To Member page, then click or tap the Send To Members button.

The email is sent to the respondents you selected. Each respondent will receive an individual copy of the email that is addressed only to them; they will not see who else received the email.

Related help topic

  1. Viewing the results of a poll

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Note: Only the poll’s creator, a group owner, or a group moderator with the Edit Archive permission can close or reopen polls.

Closing a poll

To close a poll so that votes are no longer accepted:

  1. Locate and open the message for the poll that you want to close.
  2. On the poll’s page, click or tap More at the lower right.
  3. In the popup menu, select Edit Poll.
  4. If desired, enter a statement about why you are closing the poll.
  5. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Close Poll button.

Note: When you view the Polls page, an x icon appears to the left of polls that are closed. The icon appears only on that page.

Tip: If you do not need to edit the text of a poll when you close it, you can use this “shortcut” method to close the poll:

  1. On the Topics page or Messages page, click or tap the top left button (which is labeled Topics or Messages, depending on which view you are in) and select Polls from the dropdown menu.
  2. In the resulting list of polls, select the one you want to close.
  3. Click or tap the down arrow next to the desired poll and select Close from the dropdown menu.

Reopening a poll

To reopen a closed poll:

  1. Locate and open the message for the closed poll that you want to reopen.
  2. On the poll’s page, click or tap More at the lower right.
  3. In the popup menu, select Edit Poll.
  4. If desired, enter a statement about why you are reopening the poll.
  5. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Reopen Poll button.

Tip: If you do not need to edit the text or options of a poll when you reopen it, you can use this “shortcut” method to reopen the poll:

  1. On the Topics page or Messages page, click or tap the top left button (which is labeled Topics or Messages, depending on which view you are in) and select Polls from the dropdown menu.
  2. In the resulting list of polls, select the closed poll that you want to reopen.
  3. Click or tap the down arrow next to the desired poll and select Reopen from the dropdown menu.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Note: Only the poll’s creator, a group owner, or a group moderator with the Edit Archive permission can delete polls.

You can use either of these methods to delete a poll:

  • Open the poll message on its own page, click or tap More at the lower right, and select Delete Poll from the popup menu. Then, in the Verify Delete confirmation popup, click or tap Yes.
  • View the list of polls, click or tap the down arrow next to the one you want to delete, and select Delete Poll from the dropdown menu. Then, in the Verify Delete confirmation popup, click  or tap Yes.

About the Wiki feature

Viewing a group's wiki

Displaying a specific wiki page

Viewing a wiki page's revision history

Creating and editing wiki pages

Adding a table of contents to a wiki page

Adding, editing, or deleting wiki footers

Adding, editing, or deleting wiki sidebars

Deleting wiki pages

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Groups.io provides a Wiki feature that members can use to view, create, and edit wiki pages on a group’s website. Example uses for a group wiki include (but are not limited to):

  • Providing a repository of information that is relevant to the group—for example, project ideas for a woodworking club, recipes and cooking tips for a cooking club, a membership handbook for a social organization, and so on
  • Documenting frequently asked questions and their answers

Note: Group owners determine whether the Wiki feature is available in their groups and, if it is, who can view, create, and edit wiki pages: the general public (view only), all group members, or only group owners and moderators.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Desktop browser: On the group’s website, in the left menu, click Wiki.

Mobile device: At the bottom of a group page, tap the More icon and then tap Wiki on the More menu.

Note: If you do not see a Wiki entry on the menu, then the Wiki feature is disabled for that group, members are not allowed to view the wiki, or the group is a Free group that was created after August 24, 2020.

Related help topic

  1. About the Wiki feature

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Navigating around a wiki depends on how the pages are organized and linked. But a consistent method you can use to display a specific wiki page is to click or tap the Pages button at the top left of a wiki page, and then select the page you want to view from the list of wiki pages in the dropdown menu.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

When you are viewing a wiki page, the date of the current version is displayed in the upper right corner of the page. You can click or tap that date to see the page’s revision history.

Tip: Another way to display the revision history is to edit the page and click or tap the Page History button at the bottom.

The History page lists the group members who have made revisions and the revision notes they entered. Click or tap a revision note’s link to see that version of the page.

To see how the page changed between two revisions listed on the History page, select the checkboxes next to the revisions you want to compare, and click or tap the Compare Revisions button at the upper right of the page. The resulting page highlights the changes that were made between the earlier revision and the later revision.

Note: You can select only two revisions at a time to compare.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

Creating a wiki page

  1. Go to the wiki.
  2. Click or tap the gray ellipsis (...) button at the top and select New Page from the dropdown menu.
    Note: If the button is not shown, group members are not allowed to create wiki pages.
  3. Complete the new wiki page:
    • In the first field, enter a title for the page. This title will appear in the gray navigation bar at the top of the wiki page and also in the list of pages displayed by the Pages button that is at the top of each wiki page.
    • In the text editor box, enter and format the text of your wiki page.
    • Under the text editor box, enter a short note explaining the purpose of the page. This note is optional but recommended because it will appear in the page’s revision history.
    • If you are the group’s owner or a moderator and you want only moderators to be able to edit the page after it is created, select the Only moderators can edit this page checkbox.
      Note: This checkbox does not appear unless you are an owner or moderator.
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the new page to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the page and will have the #wiki-notice system hashtag.
      Note: Owners and moderators who have opted to receive notifications about wiki changes always receive a notification when a new wiki page is created.
  4. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save Page button.

Editing a wiki page

  1. Go to the wiki and display the page you want to edit.
  2. Click or tap the gray ellipsis (...) button at the top and select Edit Page from the dropdown menu.
    Note: If the Edit Page button is not available, group members are not allowed to edit the page.
  3. On the editing page, make your changes, and enter a brief note explaining the edits. This note is optional but recommended because it will appear in the page’s revision history.
    Note: Before May 5, 2020, wiki page titles were also used for the pages’ URLs. If you change the title of a wiki page that existed before May 5, 2020, existing links containing that page’s original title will break. As of May 5, 2020, wiki pages are assigned unique ID numbers that appear in page URLs and do not change if a page’s title is changed.
  4. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save Edit button.
  5. In the Verify Edit confirmation popup:
    • If you want to send a system-generated email notification about the edited page to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the page and will have the #wiki-notice system hashtag.
      Note: Owners and moderators who have opted to receive notifications about wiki changes always receive a notification when an existing wiki page is updated.
    • Click or tap Yes to save the edited page (and send a notice to members if you selected the Notify Members checkbox).

Text editing tips

You can set your preferred text editor (HTML, Markdown, or Plain Text) in your Groups.io account preferences (see Setting your preferred text editor). However, be aware that the editor you select will be used only on new wiki pages that you create. When a group member edits an existing page, the text editor they see will be the one that the page’s creator used, which might be different from the editing member’s preferred text editor.

In the HTML editor, you can easily add links to other wiki pages by clicking or tapping the Insert link to wiki page icon. That icon displays a popup containing a dropdown list of all the current pages in the wiki. From the list, you can select the page you want to link to.

In a desktop browser, in the HTML editor, you can display additional formatting options by clicking or tapping the ellipsis (...) on the left in the toolbar.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

If a wiki page is lengthy, you can organize it into sections using headers, and then add a table of contents at the top of the page. Group members will then be able to click or tap a header link in the table of contents to go directly to that section on the page. 

Note: These instructions assume you are using the HTML editor.

To add a table of contents to a wiki page:

  1. While you are creating or editing the wiki page, apply header elements to the section titles on the page because the table of contents is built from headers. To apply a header element, select the applicable header level from the Formats menu on the wiki editor toolbar:
    • Desktop browser: Click the ... (ellipsis) button at the left to display an additional toolbar, then select a Header style from the list. 
      Image showing list of header styles in a desktop browser
    • Mobile device: Tap and hold the toolbar, scroll to the right until you see the Formats menu ("Paragraph" is the default format), then tap the menu and select a Header style from the list.
      Image showing list of header styles on a mobile device
  2. When you are ready to add the table of contents, click or tap the location in the page where you want to insert it (the table of contents does not have to be at the top of the page, although that location is typical), then select the Insert table of contents icon on the toolbar. See the examples below.
    Desktop browser:
    Imaged of Insert TOC icon in desktop browser
    Mobile device:
    Image of Insert TOC icon on mobile device
    ! Important: The location where you insert the table of contents should be a paragraph element with no additional formatting. That location should not be a header element or have any other formatting—otherwise, the format of the resulting table of contents will be affected accordingly.
  3. In the Table of Contents popup:
    • Enter a new title if desired (the default is “Contents”).
    • Select the maximum level of headers you want listed in the table of contents.
    • Click or tap Insert. The editor inserts a TOC code at the location where the table of contents will appear after you save the page. For example, the code [TOC: Contents: 3] specifies that the title will be “Contents” and three levels of headers will be listed.
  4. Go to the bottom of the page and click or tap the Save Page button. On the page, the table of contents appears where you inserted it.

Note: Heading numbers are added automatically, and you cannot change or remove them. 

This wiki table of contents example shows two header levels:

Image of wiki table of contents example

In the example, the “Chorus Member Handbook” title above the table of contents is a paragraph element formatted with bold, italics, and a large font size. That title is not formatted as a header element because then it would also be listed in the table of contents, which could look odd to readers. You might have to experiment with the formatting and placement of titles and headers as well as the location of the table of contents to get the page to look the way you want it to. 

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About wiki footers

Members who are permitted to add and edit wiki pages can add a footer that will appear, with a gray background, at the bottom of every page in the wiki. The footer can contain content that you want to be consistent or prominent on every wiki page.

Adding a footer

  1. Go to any wiki page, click or tap the gray ellipsis (...) button at the top, and select Add Footer from the menu.
  2. On the new page, enter and format the content that will appear in the footer.
    Note: Do not change the default name of the page (_Footer) or else the page will be just a regular wiki page.
  3. (Optional) To send a system-generated email notification about the footer page to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox at the bottom. The email notification will contain a link to the page and will have the #wiki-notice system hashtag.
  4. (Optional) To restrict footer editing to group moderators only, select the Only moderators can edit this page checkbox.
  5. Click or tap the Save Page button at the bottom of the page. The footer is added and appears at the bottom of all pages in the wiki.

Note: After a footer is added to the wiki, the Add Footer menu item is still shown, but clicking or tapping it has no effect.

Editing a footer

Members who are permitted to edit wiki pages will see an edit icon edit icon in the upper right corner of the footer on wiki pages. They can edit the footer by clicking or tapping that icon.

Deleting a footer

To delete a footer, click or tap the edit icon edit icon in the footer’s upper right corner. On the Edit page, scroll to the bottom and click or tap the Delete Page button (in a desktop browser, the button is at the far right).

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

About wiki sidebars

Members who are permitted to add and edit wiki pages can add a sidebar that will appear, with a gray background, on the right side of every page in the wiki. The sidebar can contain content that you want to be consistent or prominent on every wiki page. For example, the sidebar could serve as an index to the wiki by containing links to pages.

Note: On mobile devices, you will probably need to view wiki pages in landscape orientation to see sidebars in their intended location. 

Adding a sidebar

  1. Go to the bottom of any wiki page, click or tap the gray ellipsis (...) button at the top, and select Add Sidebar from the menu.
  2. On the new sidebar page, enter and format the content that will appear in the sidebar.
    Note: Do not change the default name of the page (_Sidebar) or else the page will be just a regular wiki page.
  3. (Optional) To send a system-generated email notification about the sidebar page to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will contain a link to the page and will have the #wiki-notice system hashtag.
  4. (Optional) To restrict sidebar editing to group moderators only, select the Only moderators can edit this page checkbox.
  5. Click or tap the Save Page button at the bottom of the page. The sidebar is added and appears on all pages in the wiki.

Note: After a sidebar is added to the wiki, the Add Sidebar menu item is still shown, but clicking or tapping it has no effect.

Editing a sidebar

Members who are permitted to edit wiki pages will see an edit icon edit icon in the upper right corner of the sidebar on wiki pages. They can edit the sidebar by clicking or tapping that icon.

Deleting a sidebar

To delete a sidebar, click or tap the edit icon edit icon in the sidebar’s upper right corner. On the Edit page, scroll to the bottom and click or tap the Delete Page button (in a desktop browser, the button is at the far right).

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium groups, Enterprise groups, and legacy Free groups.

To delete a wiki page:

  1. Go to the wiki and display the page you want to delete.
  2. At the top of the page, click or tap the gray ellipsis (...) button and select Edit Page.
    Note: If the button is not shown, group members are not allowed to edit or delete wiki pages.
  3. Scroll to the bottom of the Edit page and click or tap the Delete Page button (in a desktop browser, the button is at the far right).
  4. When the Verify Delete popup appears:
    • (Optional) To send a system-generated email notification about the deletion to group members, select the Notify Members checkbox. The email notification will have the #wiki-notice system hashtag.
    • Click or tap Yes to delete the page (and send an email to members if you selected the Notify Members checkbox).

If you see a Sponsor This Group button on a group’s home page, the group’s owner has enabled a feature that allows members to contribute towards the costs of hosting the group on Groups.io.

To sponsor the group:

  1. Go to the group’s home page and click or tap the Sponsor This Group button.
  2. On the Sponsor Group page, in the Amount field, enter the amount you want to sponsor. It must be at least $5.00 US.
  3. Provide your payment information. You can use either of these options:
    • In the Credit Or Debit Card panel, enter your credit or debit card information and click or tap the Pay With Credit Card button.
    • In the Other Payment Options panel, click or tap the PayPal button and complete your payment using PayPal.

You will receive an automated receipt by email. You might also receive a separate notice from the group, if it has set up an automatic member notice for group sponsorships. 

Your sponsorship history and your credit or debit card information (if you paid that way) are saved on the Billing page in your Groups.io account. You can change or delete your credit or debit card information at any time. For more information, see Reviewing your group donation and payment history.

Note:

  • Sponsorships are nonrefundable and not tax deductible. Sponsorship amounts are held by Groups.io and are used to pay hosting fees as needed.
  • The entire amount of a sponsorship is added to the group’s sponsorship reserve (that is, no processing fees are deducted from it). The amount you enter is the amount you will see in your credit, debit, or PayPal account.

Restriction: This feature is available only in Premium and Enterprise groups.

Owners and moderators of Premium and Enterprise groups can set up donation requests to ask their members to donate to the group. If a group you belong to has an open donation request, you will see a Donations entry near the bottom of the left menu at the group’s website and on the More menu in a mobile browser or the mobile app.

To make a donation:

  1. Desktop browser: In the left menu on the group’s website, click Donations
    Mobile device: In the group, tap the More icon, then select Donations on the More menu.
  2. On the View Donation page, in the Donate Now field, enter the amount you want to donate.
  3. In the Credit Or Debit Card field, enter your credit or debit card number, its expiration date, and its CVC code.
  4. Click or tap the Donate button.

Your donation history and your credit or debit card information are saved on the Billing page in your Groups.io account. You can change or delete your credit or debit card information at any time. For more information, see Reviewing your group donation and payment history.

Groups.io provides people who share common interests with an ad-free platform for communicating with each other through email groups and group websites.

Three levels of plans are available in Groups.io: Free, Premium (paid), and Enterprise (paid). Free groups provide only functions related to sending, storing, and managing messages. Premium and Enterprise groups provide additional collaboration features such as calendars, databases, and wikis.

Depending on the level of the group and the features and permissions enabled by the group’s owner, members of a Groups.io group can:

  • Send messages to the group either through the group’s website or by email.
  • Use the group’s web-based collaboration features:
    • Calendar
    • Chats (similar to chat rooms on other platforms)
    • Files
    • Databases
    • Photos
    • Polls
    • Wiki

For more information about the features and benefits of Groups.io, see the Features page on the Groups.io website.

If you are new to being a member of a group hosted by Groups.io, see these topics in the Group Members Manual for information about managing your subscription to a group:

Depending on the level of the group and the features and permissions enabled by the group’s owner, a group might have some web-based collaboration features. If you are new to the web features of a group hosted by Groups.io, see these topics in the Group Members Manual: 

You can add another email address to your account as an email alias. For more information, see Adding email aliases.

Note: You will not receive group messages and notifications at addresses that you set up as email aliases. Group messages and notifications are sent only to the email address that is registered with your Groups.io account.

You change your email address in the settings for your Groups.io account. (You will need to log in to Groups.io if you are not already logged in.) See Changing your email address. 

You set or change your password in the settings for your Groups.io account. (You will need to log in to Groups.io if you are not already logged in.)

For more information, see Setting, changing, or deleting your password.

Display your Subscription page for the group and enter your signature (or signatures) in the Signature panel.

Make sure that the browser or device allows notifications from Groups.io. The instructions depend on your specific browser and device. See your browser’s or device’s settings and help information.

Note: If private browsing mode is enabled in your browser, push notifications might not work. In that case, you need to disable private browsing.

Here are some things you can check:

  • In Groups.io:
  • In your email client or the email provider’s webmail interface:
    • Have you set a filter that blocks or redirects some (or all) group messages?
    • Are group messages getting delivered to your email service’s spam (or trash or other junk mail) folder?
    • Are you using Microsoft Exchange for your email? If so, send an email to support@groups.io and inform them that you are using Exchange. The support team will make an adjustment so all group email messages sent to you will have the From line rewritten, which will fix the issue.

Check the spam folder in your email application or email provider’s webmail interface in case the message ended up in that folder. If it did, make sure to mark it as not spam to help train the email provider’s spam filters to make fewer mistakes about Groups.io email messages.

To access most group content online, you must be logged in to Groups.io. On the group’s website, look at the far right of the blue bar at the top of the page (on a mobile device, tap the More icon or use landscape orientation):

  • If you see a Log In link and a Sign Up link, you are not currently logged in to Groups.io.
    Header bar when not logged in to Groups.io
    Click or tap the Log In link and log in to your account. After that, you should be able to see the group’s online content.
  • If you see your display name (if you have set one) or your email address, you are logged in to Groups.io.
    Header bar when logged in to Groups.io

If you still do not see the online content of the group even though you are logged in, make sure that you are logged in to Groups.io with the email address from which you joined the group. To show the email address that is currently logged in, you can hover your mouse pointer over your display name or click or tap the down arrow next to it.

If you do not remember or cannot find the email address that you joined the group with, you can:

  • Check the footer of an email message you received from the group. Your subscribed email address is listed in the footer of all group email messages.
  • Email the group’s owner and ask them to look up your membership record. The group owner’s email address has the format [groupname]+owner@groups.io (replace [groupname] with the actual name of the group).

Some email providers notify Groups.io when group messages end up in their (the provider’s) users’ spam folders. Most likely, the group messages were automatically flagged as spam by the email provider rather than having been specifically marked as spam by the users.

When Groups.io receives such a notification from an email provider, the system automatically unsubscribes that member from the group. Groups.io also sends the member an email with a link that lets them automatically and quickly resubscribe to the group if the spam flagging was a mistake. The email lets the member know to check their spam folder and mark any messages in there from Groups.io as not spam, which trains the email provider’s spam filters to make fewer mistakes about Groups.io email messages.

If you receive a notification from Groups.io that you were removed from a group because of reported spam:

  • Click the link in the notification message that automatically resubscribes you to the group.
    Note: The link expires 7 days after the notification was sent.
  • Check the spam folder in your email client or the email provider’s webmail interface, and if that folder contains messages from Groups.io, mark those messages as not spam. Doing so will help train the email provider’s spam filters to make fewer mistakes about Groups.io email messages.
    ! Important: Do not delete the messages from the spam folder or allow them to be automatically deleted from it. Otherwise, the email provider will likely continue flagging Groups.io messages as spam.

For additional information about this situation, see the wiki in the GroupManagersForum group.

When a group message sent to a member through email cannot be delivered, the nondelivery event is called a bounce. The affected member is notified by an email message that has the subject line “Your Groups.io Account is Bouncing.”

For more information, see Dealing with bouncing accounts.

Note: Bouncing affects all groups the member belongs to at that email address.

Some email addresses are changed to be “via Groups.io” because of the DMARC email authentication policy. Certain email services, such as Yahoo Mail and AOL, have set up their DMARC profiles so that Groups.io has to change all their users' email addresses to the “via Groups.io” form; otherwise, their group messages would bounce.

Note: This situation is not limited to Groups.io. All email group services have to deal with it.

If Gmail is hosting your email but under a domain other than @gmail.com, send an email to support@groups.io and inform them that you are seeing spoofing warnings. The support team will set your email messages to rewrite the From line, which will fix the issue.

Groups.io provides an application programming interface (API) that is open to anyone who uses Groups.io. The API is documented at https://groups.io/api. You can also join the api@beta.groups.io group.

! Important: The API is under active development and subject to change.

Groups.io does not permit these types of groups, content, and behavior:

  • Pornography, adult content, or nudity.
  • Harassment of any kind.
  • Groups that share media or content whose distribution would be in violation of copyright law.
  • Groups dedicated to the promotion of extreme, hateful, or exclusionary ideas, including but not limited to the alt-right.
  • Groups dedicated to the promotion of conspiracy theories, including, but not limited to: Gamergate, Pizzagate, and Qanon.
  • Groups dedicated to the promotion of anti-vaccination ideologies.
  • Groups that are designed strictly to use our directory as an advertisement for something other than the group itself.
  • Groups dedicated to sharing tags, tubes, PaintShop Pro files, GIFs, Incredimail or other stationery, or graphics.

When a group message that is sent to a member through email cannot be delivered, the nondelivery event is called a bounce.

Groups.io deals with these types of bounces:

  • Soft bounce: Caused by a problem that is expected to resolve itself automatically after some period of time (such as a temporarily unavailable email server)
  • Hard bounce: Caused by an issue that would require human intervention to fix (such as an invalid email address or a full inbox)

Sometimes, it is difficult for Groups.io to determine whether a bounce is soft or hard. In this situation, the system treats it as a soft bounce.

Note: Bouncing affects all groups the member is subscribed to through the Groups.io account that the bouncing email address is registered with. Effectively, the member’s Groups.io account is bouncing.

The overall bounce handling process in Groups.io is:

Step 1: On receiving a bounce for the first time, the system tries to determine—through a combination of the type of bounce and the frequency of the bouncing—whether the account is bouncing often enough and seriously enough to require action.

Step 2: If action is required, the system sets the account’s status to Bouncing, stops sending group emails to it, and begins trying to reach the account holder via bounce probe emails notifying them that the account is bouncing.

Step 3: If the account holder:

  • Responds to one of the bounce probes: The account is taken out of bounce handling and goes back to normal.
  • Does not respond to any bounce probes within a certain period of time: The system sets the account’s status to Bounced and stops sending emails of any kind to it.

When an account is Bouncing or Bounced, the system takes these actions:

  • Logs entries in the activity logs of all the account’s groups stating that the account is bouncing, to inform group moderators.
  • Displays a blue B (for a Bouncing account) or a red B (for a Bounced account) next to the account’s email address in the member lists of all its groups.
  • Includes the account in the “Bouncing” member lists of its groups. (The account continues to appear in the regular member lists as well.)

The affected members are notified by email that they are Bouncing or Bounced. They are also given a chance to “unbounce” their accounts through a special page at the Groups.io site whenever they are logged in.

! Important: Group owners and moderators cannot do anything to “unbounce” members’ accounts. Members must address the underlying problem themselves.

Related help topic

  1. Dealing with bouncing accounts

In desktop browsers, you can use these keyboard shortcuts to navigate around some Groups.io pages:

  • Ctrl + Shift + ?
    Displays a popup listing all the Groups.io keyboard shortcuts. Press Esc to dismiss the popup.
  • Ctrl + g
    Displays a popup that you can use to navigate to one of your groups. You can start entering the group’s name in the text field at the top or use the up and down arrow keys (or your mouse’s scrollwheel if it has one) to move up and down the list. Press Enter or click the mouse button to select the group. Press Esc to dismiss the popup if you do not make a selection.
  • Ctrl + Shift + f
    On a group page that has a search box, puts the focus in the Search box. If the page does not have a Search box, this shortcut has no effect.
  • Ctrl + /
    Displays a ”quick actions” popup that you can use to go directly to a specific group page (the list varies depending on what page you are currently viewing). You can start entering a page’s name in the text field at the top or use the up and down arrow keys (or your mouse’s scrollwheel if it has one) to move up and down the list. Press Enter or click the mouse button to select the page. Press Esc to dismiss the popup if you do not make a selection.

The list below describes the colored badges that might appear in the entries in the member list and on other group pages (such as the Pending Messages page and Your Groups home page).

On the group’s website, you can hover your pointer over a badge to see its meaning.

Note: Members with no badge in their entries are allowed to post according to the group’s message moderation setting.

A (Attachment Size Limited): In the Advanced Preferences panel on their Subscription page, the member has set a maximum size for attachments that are emailed to them.

B (Bouncing): Groups.io has stopped delivering group messages to this address but is attempting to contact it by sending bounce probes.

B (Bounced): Groups.io has given up trying to send anything to this email address.

Claimed by [name] (Claimed by [moderator name]): This pending member has been claimed by the moderator listed in the badge. Note: This badge appears only when the member is pending approval.

F (Following Only): In the Advanced Preferences panel on their Subscription page, the member has selected the Following Only option.

FF (Following Only With First Message Also): In the Advanced Preferences panel on their Subscription page, the member has selected the Following Only option and the First Message Also checkbox.

M (Moderated): The member’s posting privilege is set to Override: moderated. All messages posted by this member are moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

MF (Moderate First Message): The member’s posting privilege is set to Override: moderate the first message of every topic this person starts. The first message in every topic that is started by this member is moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

Mod (Moderator): The member is a moderator of the group. Note: Groups can have more than one moderator.

MT (Moderate Started Topics): The member’s posting privilege is set to Override: moderate all messages of every topic this person starts. All messages posted in every topic that is started by this member are moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

NC (Not Confirmed): A prospective member has requested to join the group by email or through the group’s website, and they need to respond to the confirmation email message sent by Groups.io or log in to Groups.io. After the member is confirmed, this badge is removed. Note: In a Premium or Enterprise group, owners and moderators can directly confirm NC members. If the Premium or Enterprise group is a restricted group, approving a pending member who is NC confirms their membership automatically.

NMM (New Member Moderated): The number following this badge is the number of approved posts (1, 2, 3, or 4) required before the member is automatically moved off new member moderation.

NM (Non Member): The person who posted the message is not a member of the group. Note: This badge appears only in groups that allow nonmembers to post. See Message policy settings.

NP (Not Allowed to Post): The member’s posting privilege is set to Override: not allowed to post. This member cannot post any messages, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

Owner (Owner): The member is a designated owner of the group. Note: Groups can have more than one owner.

P (Posting Always Allowed): The member’s posting privilege is set to Override: not moderated. No messages posted by this member are moderated, regardless of the group’s or an individual topic’s moderation setting.

R (Auto Follow Replies): In the Advanced Preferences panel on their Subscription page, the member has selected the Auto Follow Replies checkbox.

RI (Reverify Initiated): See Reverification FAQ on the Groups.io website.

RS (Reverify Successful): See Reverification FAQ on the Groups.io website.

A Groups.io mobile app is available for the iOS and Android platforms. On your mobile device, go to the Apple App Store or Google Play, as applicable, and search for “groups.io”.

Tip: Join the Apps subgroup of the Groups.io Beta group to keep up with news about the app or report any issues with it.

All groups have several standard email addresses to which group members can send empty email messages for different purposes. Through these email addresses, members can join or leave the group or change certain subscription options by email instead of having to go to the group’s website.

! Important: After someone sends a message to most of these email addresses, they receive a confirmation request message from Groups.io. They must respond to that confirmation request to complete the requested action.

Note: Substitute the group’s actual name for groupname in the addresses.

Members use this address: To:
groupname+subscribe@groups.io Join a group.
groupname+unsubscribe@groups.io Leave (unsubscribe from) a group.
groupname+help@groups.io Receive an email message containing a list of these addresses.

Note: A confirmation request message is not sent in this case.

groupname+help@groups.io Receive plain-format digests instead of individual messages.
groupname+fulldigest@groups.io Receive full-featured digests instead of individual messages.
groupname+summary@groups.io Receive a daily summary instead of individual messages.
groupname+single@groups.io Receive individual messages instead of a summary or digest.
groupname+special@groups.io Receive only special notices.
groupname+nomail@groups.io Stop receiving messages by email. (You can still read messages on the group's website.)
groupname+owner@groups.io Contact the group owners.

Note: A confirmation request message is not sent in this case.

These icons or badges might appear on topic subject lines in a group's message archive.

Icon or badge Description
padlock icon The topic is locked.
balanced scales icon The topic is moderated.
pushpin icon The topic is “sticky” (that is, pinned to the top of the group’s Topics page).
paperclip icon The topic contains attachments.
user icon with plus sign The topic’s Reply To setting is “Reply to topic followers only.”
x icon

The poll is closed.

This icon appears only on the group’s Polls page.

Message number icon

The number in the circle varies and indicates the number of messages within the topic, including the original message that created the topic.

Topics with only one message (that is, they have no replies) have no number indicator.

Special

This topic is designated a special notice.

This badge appears only when the topic is pending approval.

Claimed by [name]

This topic or message has been claimed by the moderator listed in the badge.

This badge appears only when the topic or message is pending approval.

Moderator Edited

This topic or message has been edited by a moderator who then saved the edited version without approving it. This action also results in the appearance of the “Claimed by” badge.

This badge appears only when the topic or message is pending approval.

Groups.io uses this algorithm to thread messages into topics:

  • If the message contains threading information (a References and/or In-Reply-To field in the message header that matches the ID of a message in an existing topic), and the subject line matches the subject line of the referenced message, add that message to the topic.
  • When a message does not contain any threading information:
    • If the message was posted on the group’s website through the New Topic function (that is, it was not entered as a reply), assume it is the start of a new topic.
    • If the subject starts with Re:, look for a message with a matching subject that was posted within the last 30 days.
    • If the subject does not start with Re:, look for a message with a matching subject that was posted within the last 2 days.

When comparing subject lines, the algorithm ignores:

  • Prefixes such as Re: that often are automatically added to replies.
  • The group’s subject tag.
  • Hashtags that are added to or removed from the subject line.

Note: Group owners and moderators can merge separate topics into one topic or split an existing topic into separate topics.

 

Related help topics

  1. Merging topics
  2. Splitting topics